Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutBLAIR CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT FOR JAMESTOWN SEWER EXTENSION -PHASE 111-A (SPIRT CREEK BASIN POCKET PROJECT NO 50215AZ .9,2 d $ SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR JAMESTOWN SEWED. EXTENSION — PHASE III- -A (Spirit Creek Basin - Pocket) Project No. 50215 prepared far AUGUSTA- RICHMOND COUNTY COMMISSION Augusta, Georgia prepared by JOHNSON, LASCROBER & ASSOCIATES, P.C. ENGINEERS ♦ DESIGNERS ♦ CONSULTANTS • 'LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTS 1296 Broad Street, Augusta, GA 30901 FEBRUARY 1, 2012 JLA Jos No. 42.0007 Attachment B You Must Complete and Return all 3 pages of Attachment B with Your Submittal. Document Must Be Notarized. City of Augusta Procurement Department ATTN: Procurement Director 530 Greene Street, Suite 605 Augusta, Georgia 30901 Name of Bidder. r �� ✓ '71/.. Street Address: 413470 City, State, Zip Code: �S f ��} d Phone: .2.6 Fax: 24)4/f349 — /SS 3 Email: / 00" ,4 or`cAe fj /�i.^ G o�rs�e fior! l r Do You Have A Business License? Yes: No: Business License # for your Company (Must Provide): # t>Oyo� Company must be licensed in the Governmental entity for where they do the majority of their business. If your Governmental entity (State or Local) does not require a business license, your company will be required to obtain an Augusta Richmond County business license if awarded a BldWRFPIRFQ. For further information contact the License and Inspection Department @ 706 312 -5162. List the State, City Countvthat issued your license: G o y ,6 7/ , Acknowledgement of Addenda: ( #1) : ( #2) : ( #3) : (#4) : ( #5) : ( #6) : ( #7) : (#8) NOTE: CHECK APPROPRIATE BOX(ES)- ADD ADDITIONAL NUMBERS AS APPLICABLE Statement of Non - Discrimination The undersigned understands that it is the policy of Augusta, Georgia to promote full and equal business opportunity for all persons doing business with Augusta, Georgia. The undersigned covenants that we have not discriminated, on the basis of race, religion, gender, national origin or ethnicity, with regard to prime contracting, subcontracting or partnering opportunities. The undersigned covenants and agrees to make good faith efforts to ensure maximum practicable participation of local small businesses on the bid or contract awarded by Augusta, Georgia. The undersigned further covenants that we have completed truthfully and fully the required forms regarding good faith efforts and local small business subcontractor /supplier utilization. The undersigned further covenants and agrees not to engage in discriminatory conduct of any type against local small businesses, in conformity with Augusta, Georgia's Local Small Business Opportunity Program. Set forth below is the signature of an officer of the bidding /contracting entitywith the authority to bind the entity. The undersigned acknowledge and warrant that this Company has been made aware of understands and agrees to take affirmative action to provide such companies with the maximum practicable opportunities to do business with this Company; That this promise of non - discrimination as made and set forth herein shall be continuing in nature and shall remain in full force and effect without interruption; That the promises of non - discrimination as made and set forth herein shall be and are hereby deemed to be made as part of and incorporated by reference into any contract or portion thereof which this Company may hereafter obtain and; That the failure of this Company to satisfactorily discharge any of the promises of nondiscrimination as made and set forth herein shall constitute a material breach of contract entitling Augusta, Georgia to declare the contract in default and to exercise any and all applicable rights remedies including but not limited to cancellation of the contract, termination of the contract, suspension and debarment from future contracting opportunities, and withholding and or forfeiture of compensation due and owing on a contract. Attachment B - Page 2 of 3 Non - Collusion of Prime Bidder /Offeror By submission of a bid, the vendor certifies, under penalty of perjury, that to the best of its knowledge and belief: (a) The prices in the proposal have been arrived at independently without collusion, consultation, communications, or agreement, for the purpose of restricting competition, as to any matter relating to such prices with any other vendor or with any competitor. (b) Unless otherwise required by law, the prices which have been quoted in the proposal have not been knowingly disclosed by the vendor prior to opening, directly or indirectly, to any other vendor or to any competitor. (c) No attempt has been made, or will be made, by the vendor to induce any other person, partnership or corporation to submit or not to submit a proposal for the purpose of restricting competition. Collusions and fraud in bid preparation shall be reported to the State of Georgia Attorney General and the United States Justice Department. Conflict of Interest By submission of a bid, the responding firm certifies, under penalty of perjury, that to the best of its knowledge and belief: 1. No circumstances exist which cause a Conflict of Interest in performing the services required by this ITB, and 2. That no employee of the County, nor any member thereof, not any public agency or official affected by this iTB, has any pecuniary interest in the business of the responding firm or his sub- consultant(s) has any interest that would conflict in any manner or degree with the performance related to this ITS. By submission of a bid, the vendor certifies under penalty of perjury, that to the best of its knowledge and belief: (a) The prices in the bid have been arrived at independently without collusion, consultation, communications, or agreement, for the purpose of restricting competition, as to any matter relating to such prices with any other vendor or with any competitor. (b) Unless otherwise required by law, the prices which have been quoted in the bid have not knowingly been disclosed by the vendor prior to opening, directly or indirectly, to any other vendor or competitor. c) No attempt has been made, or will be made, by the vendor to induce any other person, partnership or cooperation to submit or not to submit a bid for the purpose of restricting competition. For any breach or violation of this provision, the County shall have the right to terminate any related contract or agreement without liability and at its discretion to deduct from the price, or otherwise recover, the full amount of such fee, commission, percentage, gift, payment or consideration. You Must Complete and Return all 3 pages of Attachment B with Your Submittal. Document Must Be Notarized. I I 1 1 1 Company Name BY: Authorized Officer or Agent (Contractor Signature) Title of Authorized Officer or Agent of Contractor /% - /1% ; c -- ' Printed Name of Authorized Officer or Agent 2W✓ SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN BEFORE ME ON THIS THE G� DAY OF , 20' 72— I Attachment B - Page 3 of 3 Contractor Affidavit and Agreement By executing this affidavit, the undersigned contractor verifies its compliance with 0.C.G.A. 13- 10 -91, stating affirmatively that the individual, firm, or corporation which is contracting with Augusta Richmond County Board of Commissioners has registered with and is participating in a federal work authorization program* jany of the electronic verification of work authorization programs operated by the United States Department of Homeland Security or any equivalent federal work authorization program operated by the United States Department of Homeland Security to verify information of newly hired employees, pursuant to the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 (IRCA), P.L. 99 - 6031 in accordance with the applicability provisions and deadlines established in 0.C.G.A 13- 10 -91. The undersigned further agrees that, should it employ or contract with any subcontractor(s) in connection with the physical performance of services pursuant to this contract with Augusta Richmond County Board of Commissioners, contractor will secure from such subcontractor(s) similar verification of compliance with 0.C.G.A 13 -10 -91 on the Subcontractor Affidavit provided in Rule 300- 10- 01 -.08 or a substantially similar form. Contractor further agrees to maintain records of such compliance and provide a copy of each such verification to the Augusta Richmond County Board of Commissioners at the time the subcontractor(s) is retained to perform such service. Georgia Law requires your company to have an E- Verify *User Identification Number (Company LD.) on or after July 1, 2009. For additional information or to enroll your company, visit the State of Georgia website: https: / /e verify.uscis.gov /enroll/ and /or http: / /www.dol.state.ga.us /pdf /rules /300 10 1.pdf E- Verify * User Identification Number (Company I.D.) NOTE: E- VERIFY USER IDENDIFICATION NUMBER (COMPANY I.D.) MUST BE PROVIDED: IN ADDITION, THE RECOMMENDED AWARDED VENDOR WiLL BE REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A COPY OF HOMELAND SECURITY'S MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING (MOU) The undersigned further agrees to submit a notarized copy of Attachment B and any required documentation noted as part of the Augusta Richmond County Board of Commissions specifications which govern this process. In addition, the undersigned agrees to submit all required forms for any subcontractor(s) as requested and or required. I further understand that my submittal will be deemed non - compliant If any part of this process is violated. Notary Public REV. 7/22/2011 I 1 My Commission Expires: NOTARY SEAL You Must Complete and Return all 3 pages of Attachment B with Your Submittal. Docurnept Must Be Notarized, PATRICK SCOTT DILLARD NOTARY PUBLIC BURKE COUNTY STATE OF GEORGIA My Commission Expires August 7, 2012 SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR JAMESTOWN SEWER EXTENSION — PHASE III -A (Spirit Creek Basin - Pocket) Project No. 50215 prepared for AUGUSTA- RICHMOND COUNTY COMMISSION Augusta, Georgia prepared by JOHNSON, LASCHOBER & ASSOCIATES, P.C. ENGINEERS • DESIGNERS • CONSULTANTS • LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTS 1296 Broad Street, Augusta, GA 30901 FEBRUARY 1, 2012 JLA JOB No. 42.0007 Jamestown Sewer Extension — Phase III -A (Spirit Creek Basin - Pocket) Project No. 50215 I INDEX TO SPECIFICATIONS Title Pages I Invitation to Bid 1 Instruction to Bidders 2 Bid Form (Exhibit to Standard Form of Agreement) 10 I Bid Bond 2 Agreement 3 General Conditions 52 I Supplementary General Conditions 12 Special Conditions 4 Performance Bond and Payment Bond 5 I Notice to Proceed 1 Notice of Award 1 I Application for Payment 3 Change Order 1 Certificate of Substantial Completion 2 I Division 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01100 Summary 2 I Division 2 SITEWORK I 02050 02230 Subsurface Conditions with Appendices 23 Site Clearing 3 02240 Dewatering 2 02300 Earthwork 8 I 02530 Sanitary Sewerage (with Appendix) 32 02910 Soil Erosion and Sedimentation Control 7 02920 Grassing 4 1 1 1 1 Bids will be received at this office until p.m., GERI A. SAMS, Procurement Director Invitation To Bid 2012 Bid Item # 12- : Jamestown Sewer Extension III -A (Spirit Creek Basin — Pocket) Project No. 50215 involving construction of approximately 1,0001f of gravity sewer (including approximately 800 If of 10" dia. and 200 If of 8" gravity collector sewer (inclusive of 80 If of jack and bore with steel casing and 8" carrier pipe under Willis Foreman Rd.). Bid's will be received by Augusta, GA Commission hereinafter referred to as the OWNER at the offices of: Geri A. Sams Procurement Department 530 Greene Street - Room 605 Augusta, Georgia 30911 706 - 821 -2422 Bid documents may be examined at the office of the Augusta, GA Procurement Department, 530 Greene Street —Room 605, Augusta, GA 30911. Plans and specifications for the project can be made available upon request to Imaging Technologies. The fees for the plans and specifications which are non - refundable is $ Documents may also be examined during regular business hours at the Augusta Builders Exchange, 1262 Merry Street, Augusta, GA 30904; F. W. Dodge Plan Room, 1281 Broad Street, Augusta, GA 30904. It is the wish of the Owner that all businesses are given the opportunity to submit on this project. To facilitate this policy, the Owner is providing the opportunity to view plans online (www.itrepro.com) at no charge through Imaging Technologies (706- 724 -7924) beginning , , 2012. Bidders are cautioned that submitting a package without review or Procurement of a complete set are likely to overlook issues of construction phasing, delivery of goods or services, or coordination with other work that is material to the successful completion of the project. Bidders are cautioned that sequestration of documents through any other source is not advisable. Acquisition of documents from unauthorized sources places the bidder at the risk of receiving incomplete or inaccurate information upon which to base his qualifications. A Mandatory pre bid conference will be held on , 2012 at a.m.intheconference room of the Procurement Department. All questions must be submitted in writing to the office of the Procurement Department by fax at 706 - 821 -2811 or by mail. The last day to submit questions is 2012 by p.m. No bid will be accepted by fax, all must be received by mail or hand delivered. It is the wish of the Owner that minority businesses are given the opportunity to submit on the various parts of the work. This desire on the part of the Owner is not intended to restrict or limit competitive bidding or to increase the cost of the work. The Owner supports a healthy free market system that seeks to include responsible businesses and provide ample opportunity for business growth and development. No bid may be withdrawn for a period of 60 days after time has been called on the date of opening. A 10% Bid bond is required to be submitted in a separate envelope so marked along with the bidder's qualifications; a 100% performance bond and a 100% payment bond will be required for award. Bidders will please note that the number of copies requested; all supporting documents including financial statements and references and such other attachments that may be required by the bid are material conditions of the package. Any bid package found incomplete or submitted late shall be rejected by the Procurement Office. Any bidder allegedly contending that he /she has been improperly disqualified from bidding due to an incomplete bid submission shall have the right to appeal to the appropriate committee of the Augusta Commission. Please mark bid number on the outside of the envelope. Bidders are cautioned that sequestration of bid documents through any source other than the office of the Procurement Department is not advisable. Acquisition of bid documents from unauthorized sources places the bidder at the risk of receiving incomplete or inaccurate information upon which to base his qualifications. cc: Tameka Allen Interim Deputy Administrator Yvonne Gentry DBE Coordinator Jerry Delaughter Assistant Director — Engineering ; Augusta Utilities Stanley Aye Augusta Utilities Sean Barr Augusta Utilities IB -01 GENERAL All proposals must be presented in a sealed envelope, addressed to the OWNER. The proposal must be filed with the OWNER on or before the time stated in the invitation for bids. Mailed proposals will be treated in every respect as though filed in person and will be subject to the same requirements. Proposals received subsequent to the time stated will be returned unopened. Prior to the time stated any proposal may be withdrawn at the discretion of the bidder, but no proposal may be withdrawn for a period of sixty (60) days after bids have been opened, pending the execution of contract with the successful bidder. IB -02 EXAMINATION OF WORK Each bidder shall, by careful examination, satisfy himself as to the nature and location of the work; the conformation of the ground; the character, quality and quantity of the facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work; the general and local conditions; and all other matters which can in any way affect the work or the cost thereof under the contract. No oral agreement or conversation with any officer, agent, or employee of the OWNER, either before or after the execution of the contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations therein. IB -03 ADDENDA AND INTERPRETATIONS No interpretation of the meaning of plans, specifications or other pre -bid documents will be made to any bidder orally. Every request for such interpretation should be in writing addressed to the Geri A. Sams, Director of Procurement; Procurement Department; Room 605; 530 Greene Street; Augusta, GA 30901 and to be given consideration must be received at least ten days prior to the date fixed for the opening of bids. Any and all such interpretations and any supplemental instructions will be in the form of written addenda to the specifications which, if issued, will be sent by facsimile or U.S. mail to all prospective bidders (at the respective addresses furnished for such purposes), not later than five days prior to the date fixed for the opening of bids. Failure of any bidder to receive any such addendum or interpretation shall not relieve such bidder from any obligation under his bid as submitted. All addenda so issued shall become part of the Contract Documents. IB -04 PREPARATION OF BIDS SECTION IB INSTRUCI1ONS TO BIDDERS Bids shall be submitted on the forms provided and must be signed by the bidder or his authorized representative. Any corrections to entries made on bid forms should be initialed by the person signing the bid. Bidders must quote on all items appearing on the bid forms, unless specific directions in the advertisement, on the bid form, or in the special specifications allow for partial bids. Failure to quote on all items may disqualify the bid. When quotations on all items are not required, bidders shall insert the words "no bid" where appropriate. Alternative bids will not be considered unless specifically called for. Telegraphic bids will not be considered. Modifications to bids already submitted will be allowed if submitted by telegraph prior to the time fixed in the Invitation for Bids. Modifications shall be submitted as such, and shall not reveal the total amount of either the original or revised bids. Bids by wholly owned proprietorships or partnerships will be signed by all OWNERs. Bids of corporations will be signed by an officer of the firm and his signature attested by the secretary thereof who will affix the corporate seal to the proposal. IB -1 NOTE: A 10% Bid Bond is required in all cases. IB -05 BASIS OF AWARD The bids will be compared on the basis of unit prices, as extended, which will include and cover the furnishing of all material and the performance of all labor requisite or proper, and completing of all the work called for under the accompanying contract, and in the manner set forth and described in the specifications. Where estimated quantities are included in certain items of the proposal, they are for the purpose of comparing bids. While they are believed to be close approximations, they are not guaranteed. It is the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to check all items of construction. In case of error in extension of prices in a proposal, unit bid prices shall govern. IB -06 BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS No proposal will be received from any bidder unless he can present satisfactory evidence that he is skilled in work of a similar nature to that covered by the contract and has sufficient assets to meet all obligations to be incurred in carrying out the work. He shall submit with his proposal, sealed in a separate envelope, a FINANCIAL EXPERIENCE AND EQUIPMENT STATEMENT, giving reliable information as to working capital available, plant equipment, and his experience and general qualifications. The OWNER may make such investigations as are deemed necessary to determine the ability of the bidder to perform the work and the bidder shall furnish to him all such additional information and data for this purpose as may be requested. The OWNER reserves the right to reject any bid if the evidence submitted by the bidder or investigation of him fails to satisfy the OWNER that such bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the contract and to complete the work contemplated therein. Part of the evidence required above shall consist of a list of the names and addresses of not less than five (5) firms or corporations for which the bidder has done similar work. IB -07 PERFORMANCE BOND At the time of entering into the contract, the CONTRACTOR shall give bond to the OWNER for the use of the OWNER and all persons doing work or furnishing skill, tools, machinery or materials under or for the purpose of such contract, conditional for the payment as they become due, of all just claims for such work, tools, machinery, skill and terms, for saving the OWNER harmless from all cost and charges that may accrue on account of the doing of the work specified, and for compliance with the laws pertaining thereto. Said bond shall be for the amount of the contract satisfactory to the OWNER and authorized by law to do business in the State of Georgia. Attorneys -in -fact who sign bonds must file with each copy thereof a certified and effectively dated copy of the power of attorney. IB -08 REJECTION OF BIDS These proposals are asked for in good faith, and awards will be made as soon as practicable, provided satisfactory bids are received. The right is reserved, however to waive any informalities in bidding, to reject any and all proposals, or to accept a bid other than the lowest submitted if such action is deemed to be in the best interest of the OWNER. IB -09 CONTRACT TIMES Substantial completion of this project shall be 60 days after notice to proceed. Final completion shall be 30 days after substantial completion. Substantial completion shall be defined as sewer being in service. BID FORM PROJECT IDEN'IiH Jamestown Sewer Extension — Phase III -A; (Spirit Creek Basin - Pocket System); Project No 50215 CONTRACT IDENTIFICATION AND NUMBER: Bid Item #12 -136 THIS BID IS SUBMITTED TO: Augusta, Georgia Commission Augusta, Georgia Procurement Department 530 Greene Street — Room 605 Augusta, GA 30901 1.01 The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an Agreement with OWNER in the form included in the Bidding Documents to perform all Work as specified or indicated in the Bidding Documents for the prices and within the times indicated in this Bid and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Bidding Documents. 2.01 Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders, including without limitation those dealing with the disposition of Bid security. The Bid will remain subject to acceptance for 60 days after the Bid opening, or for such longer period of time that Bidder may agree to in writing upon request of OWNER. 3.01 In submitting this Bid, Bidder represents, as set forth in the Agreement, that: A. Bidder has examined and carefully studied the Bidding Documents, the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents, and the following Addenda, receipt of all which is hereby acknowledged. Addendum No. Addendum Date B. Bidder has visited the Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. C. Bidder is familiar with and is satisfied as to all federal, state and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress and performance of the Work. D. Bidder has carefully studied all: (1) reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site and all drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site (except Underground Facilities) which have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4.02 of the General Conditions, and (2) reports and drawings of a Hazardous Environmental Condition, if any, which has been identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4.06 of the General Conditions. 00300 -1 E. Bidder has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for having done so) all additional or supplementary examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies and data concerning conditions (surface, subsurface and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the Site which may affect cost, progress, or performance of the Work or which relate to any aspect of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Bidder, including applying the specific means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction expressly required by the Bidding Documents to be employed by Bidder, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. Bidder does not consider that any further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the determination of this Bid for performance of the Work at the price(s) bid and within the times and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Bidding Documents. G. Bidder is aware of the general nature of work to be performed by OWNER and others at the Site that relate, the W a s indicated in the Bidd Docum +ntc H. Bidder has correlated the information known to Bidder, information and observations obtained from visits to the Site, reports and drawings identified in the Bidding Documents, and all additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data with the Bidding Documents. L Bidder has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that Bidder has discovered in the Bidding Documents, and the written resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to Bidder. J. The Bidding Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for the performance of the Work for which this Bid is submitted. 4.01 Bidder further represents that this Bid is genuine and not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed individual or entity and is not submitted in conformity with any agreement or rules of any group, association, organization or corporation; Bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Bidder to submit a false or sham Bid; Bidder has not solicited or induced any individual or entity to refrain from bidding; and Bidder has not sought by collusion to obtain for itself any advantage over any other Bidder or over OWNER. 5.01 Bidder will complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for the following price(s) on the attached Bid Schedule: BID SCHEDULE S -1A ° Item Not Applicable S -1 B Item Not Appli S -2A item Not Applicable S -2B 110" diameter PVC sanitary sewer pipe SDR 35, Depth 6' to 450 ', including Type 1! (No. 67 stone) bedding material S -3A S -3B tern Not Applicable 10" diameter PVC sanitary sewer pipe SDR 35, Depth 8' to 10', including Type It (No. 67 stone) bedding material S -4A . 9" diameter PVC sanitary sewer pipe SDR 35, Depth 10' to 26 12', including Type 11 (No. 67 stone) bedding material S -4B 10" diameter PVC sanitary sewer pipe SDR 35, Depth 10' to 12', including Type 11 (No. 67 stone) bedding material S -5A 8" diameter PVC sanitary sewer pipe SDR 35, Depth 12' to 14', including Type 1) (No. 67 stone) bedding material S -58 10" diameter PVC sanitary sewer pipe SDR 35, Depth 12' S -6A Item Not Applicable S -66 S -7A S - 78 S -9A to 14', including Type)! (No. 67 stone) bedding material 10" diameter PVC sanitary sewer pipe SDR 35, Depth 14' to 16', including Type II (No. 67 stone) bedding material Item Not Applicable XXX 175 85 50 10" diameter PVC sanitary sewer pipe SDP 35, Depth 16' 15 to 18', including Type Ii (No. 67 stone) bedding material Item Not Applicable S -9B Item Not Applicable XXX LF XXX LF LF XXX LF XXX LF LF LF 40 LF 35 LF XXX • LF XXX LF XXX XXX XXX 31 41.3?/ LF 3/ LF XXX 00.00 00.00 00.00 00.00 76:7 XXX 00.00 3/ 9 27 /S = /3 3 7 3/Z ///7 LF XXX 00.00 XXX LF XXX 00.00 3/ /2-77 XXX 00.00 S -10A Item Not Applicable XXX LF - XXX 00.00 S -10B item Not Applicable XXX LF XXX 00,00 S -1 1A item Not Applicable XXX LF XXX 00.00 S -11 B Item Not Applicable XXX LF XXX 00.00 S -12A Item Not Applicable XXX LF XXX 00.00 - S -12B Item Not Applicable XXX LF XXX 00.00 , S -13A 8" diameter ductile iron sanitary sewer pipe (Thk. Class 50), Depth 12' to 14', including Type II (No. 67 stone) bedding material 28 LF » -- Z/S S -13B - Item Not Applicable XXX LF XXX 00.00 S -14A Item Not Applicable XXX LF XXX 00.00 S -14B Item Not Applicable XXX LF XXX 00.00 S -15A 6" diameter ductile iron sanitary sewer pipe (Thk. Class 50), Depth 16' to 18', including Type II (No. 67 stone) bedding material 4 LF - 72 °-' , 3 �� S -15B item Not Applicable XXX LF XXX 00.00 S -16A Item Not Applicable XXX LF XXX 00.00 S -16B item Not Applicable XXX LF XXX 00.00 S -17 Jack and Bore 16" diameter steel casing, Minimum wall thickness 0, 25 inch, Carrier pipe included, 8" diameter, Ductile iron sanitary sewer pipe, Thk. Class 50, restrained )oint, with end seals 80 LF Z57 2.:,77 Sub -total of all sanitary sewer line work 988 LF XXX 00.00 S -18 Select backfill, GA DOT Type I, Class I & II (Sand /Clay) — Measured by in -place volume. 700 CY / e,5"- 3 S -19 Item Not Applicable XXX LF XXX 00.00 5 -20 ''re -cast sanitary manhole, GA DOT STD 1011A, Type 1, Depth 0' to 6' (48' Diameter) 6 EA /� e, - 2" s/ / 00300 -4 S -21A Additional sanitary manhole depth, Type 1, Depth Class 1 ;48" Dia.) 6 VF '' 4—e� S -21 B Additional sanitary manhole depth, Type 1, Depth Class 2 ,48" Dia.) 26 VF Sl- 2: a v,/ S -22 48" Diameter sanitary manhole exterior joint wrap (No ,separate or additional payment will be made for this item) XXX EA XXX 00.00 S-23 Item Not Applicable XXX LF XXX 00.00 S -24 Outside Drop Piping — Complete 1 EA 27l� 2)4:40 S -25 Item Not Applicable XXX EA XXX 00.00 S -26A 6" sanitary sewer service, complete 3 EA e..J0 -3 "—' 24735 S -26B •" diameter PVC sanitary sewer pipe SCR 35, Depth 4' to 260 0', including Type H (No. 67 stone) bedding material LF /3 ite/-- 314 S -27 le new sanitary sewer to existing manholes, diameter 1 cries EA /477 //e.", S -28 •C Water Main Crossing 1 EA /ZG,6 /24P6 S -29 suctile Iron Polyethylene Pipe Encasement 25 LF --46\9( .S'® --89.00 - /3, S -30 oncrete encasement of sanitary sewer (creek crossings, 10 -tc.) CY ,,`, 77�� Y � S -31 septic Tank decommissioning and —re- connection of 2 - isting building sewer lateral to City sewer, including pipe • ownstream clean -out or manhole to point or re . nnection m x• .{54 a q Me ' ,. �}.,� - ry .�. art'': -. �'" `+ +r fi n,. .u, � P � .7 . ;1 �' • C " - i ��� �`q�`J�J ° � t ' k � `�3 � Fi' - ��T� ;'� 44 -� P -1 ■ sphalt overlay, type F, 1 %" thick, minimum 150 EA i •o iW' � SY z /237 2¢.77 -0 ' --- r 7 =t. � r {, d " � fi ���� �� � r '' % T /�rgZ - P -2 raded aggregate base, 10 1/ " thick, 7' wide and asphalt 25 • atch 2' /z " thick, including removal of 2 '/Z " GAB and •lacement of bituminous tack coat SY 2r- ,. - -' 63/ P -3 Item Not Applicable XXX Tons XXX 00.00 P -4 tern Not Applicable XXX SY XXX 00.00 P -5 Item Not Applicable XXX SY XXX 00.00 P -6 ." thick concrete driveway replacement, replace in kind, 25 4000 psi mix SY - 7.3 P -7 "" asphalt pavement driveway replacement 25 SY Z �� 1 00300 -5 P -8 tern Not Applicable P -8 tern Not Applicable P -10 tern Not Applicable M-1 lowable fill M -2 M -3 ck excavation oundation backfill, GA DOT Type 11, for additional !f�%IaJJH �..__:_o exca Va_. tI IGU ti UtJ M -4 tearing and Grubbing M -5 ence Removal & Replacement, New, Replaced in Kind where specified on drawings or as specified and pproved by resdient inspector) M -6 'ip Rap GDOT Type 3, (where specified and approved by esident inspector for use other than that required for soil nd erosion control) M -7 tern Not Applicable XXX XXX XXX 75 25 100 25 25 XXX LF LF LF CY CY CY ump sum construction (includes but is not limited to the isting continued below) LCRE LF SY la 311,5 g oove /., XXX 00.00 XXX 00.00 XXX 00.00 XXX 314- 0I/ 00.00 - /2"2/4 � numerals) LUMP SUM CONSTRUCTION • Mobilization, Demobilization • Bonds, insurance • Gabion Retaining Walls • Remove and reset fences, All types, not indicated to be removed & replaced on drawings • Remove and reset gates, All types • Remove and reset storm sewer, lengths & sizes vary • X" <material> drain pipe • Remove and reconnect water services • Reconnect sanitary sewer services • Reconstruct <material> wall, Height varies • Remove and reset signs,.type varies • Remove and reset water sprinkler systems, complete • Remove and reset water valve and /or meters, size varies • Remove and reset yard lamps, type varies • Remove and reset mailboxes, type varies • Erosion and sediment control (temporary grassing, construction exits, rip -rap, misc. erosion control) • Silt Fence, Type "A" • Silt Fence, Type "B" • Silt Fence, Type "C" • Traffic control • Miscellaneous grading • Permanent Grassing • Gas Line and Underground Power Crossings • New sanitary sewer stub outs (plugged) at manholes for future construction • Raise manholes and valve boxes to grade • Coordination with other utilities -gas, power, communications, GA DOT, etc Note to Bidders: For a complete description of Bid Items refer to the Technical Specifications. 00300 -7 Unit Prices have been computed in accordance with paragraph 11.03.B of the General Conditions.. Bidder acknowledges that estimated quantities are not guaranteed, and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids, and final payment for all Unit Price Bid items will be based on actual quantities provided, determined as provided in the Contract Documents. 6.01 Bidder agrees that the Work will be substantially completed and completed and ready for final payment in accordance with paragraph 14.072 of the General Conditions on or before the dates or within the number of calendar days indicated in the Agreement 6.02 Bidder accepts the provisions of the Agreement as to liquidated damages in the event of failure to complete the Work within the times specified above, which shall be stated in the Agreement. 00300 -8 7.01 The following documents are attached to and made a condition of this Bid: A. Required Bid security in the form of Certified Bid Bond; B. Financial experience and equipment statement per section IB -06 of Instructions to Bidders. SUBMITTED on /✓/.4-rc , 2012 If BIDDER is: An Individual A Partnership A Corporation (Name - type or print) . (Individual's Signature Doing Business As Business Address Phone No Fax No (Partnership Name — type or print) (Signature of General Partner) (attach evidence of authority to sign) Business Address Phone No Fax No (Corporation Name) / (State of incorporation) (Type — General Business, Professional, Service, Limited Liability) Gc1,�.¢Qc R. (Signature) (attach evidence of authority to sign) 00300 -9 (SEAL) (SEAL) (SEAL) A Joint Venture (ATTEST Signature of Corporate Secretary) /3'< 7 - Business Address 7 6=2 & -- h, Phone No Date of Qualification To Do Business (Joint Venture Name - type or print) (Signature of Joint Venture Partner) (attach evidence of authority to sign) (Name - type or print) (Title - type or print) Business Address Phone No Fax No 00300 - 10 Fax No (SEAL) (Each joint venturer must sign. The manner of signing for each individual, partnership and corporation that is a party to the joint venture should be in the manner indicated above). , I, Blair L. Mutimer III, certify that I am the Secretary of the Corporation named as CONTRACTOR in the foregoing bid; that, William R. Mutimer, who signed said bid in behalf of the CONTRACTOR was then President of said Corporation; that said authority was duly signed for and in behalf of said corporation by authority of its Board of Directors, and is within the scope of its corporate powers; that said Corporation is organized under the laws of the State of Georgia. This 6th day of March, 2012 CORPORATE CERTIFICATE Corporate Secretary (SEAL) BID BOND KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, That we, Blair Construction, Inc. of PO Box 770, Evans Georgia 30809 (hereinafter called the Principal), as Principal, and Western Surety Company (hereinafter called the Surety), as Surety are held and firmly bound unto Augusta Commission, 530 Greene Street, Room 605, Augusta, GA 30911 (hereinafter called the Obligee) in the penal sum of 10% of Bid Amount Dollars ($ 10% of Bid Amount ) for the payment of which the Principal and the Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, That WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted or is about to submit a proposal to the Obligee on a contract for Jamestown Sewer Extension Phase 3A NOW, THEREFORE, If the said Contract be timely awarded to the Principal and the Principal shall, within such time as may be specified, enter into the Contract in writing, and give bond, if bond is required, with surety acceptable to the Obligee for the faithful performance of the said Contract, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. Signed and sealed this 6th day of March , 2012 . Blair Construction, Inc. (Seal) �� Principal Witness t&-- Title , ;/;-- Western Surety Company i , Witness By 6,-., _,, /-< , � Buck Leigh Attorney -in -Fact 053 /GEEF 10/99 POWER OF ATTORNEY APPOINTING INDIVIDUAL ATTORNEY -IN -FACT Know AD Men By These Presents, That WESTERN SURETY COMPANY, a South Dakota corporation, is a duly organized and existing corporation - having -its principal office i City of Sioux Falls, and State of South Dakota. and that it does by virtue of the signature and seal herein affixed hereby make, constitute and appoint of Columbia, SC, its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact with full power and authority hereby conferred to sign, seal and execute for and on its behalf bonds, undertakings and other obligatory instruments of similar nature and to bind it thereby as fully and to the same extent as if Such instruments were signed by a duly authorized officer of the corporation and all the acts of said Attorney, pursuant to the authority hereby given, are hereby ratified and confirmed. This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the•By -Law printed on the reverse hereof, duly adopted, as indicated, by the shareholders of the corporation. In Witness Whereof, WESTERN SURETY COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed by its Senior Vice President and its corporate seal to be hereto affixed on this 23rd day of June, 2011. State of South Dakota County of Minnehaha On this 23rd day of June, 2011, before me personally came Paul T. Bruflat, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say: that he resides in the City of Sioux Falls, State of South Dakota; that he is the Senior Vice President of WESTERN SURETY COMPANY described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to the said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed pursuant to authority given by the Board of Directors of said corporation and that he signed his name thereto pursuant to like authority, and acknowledges same to be the act and deed of said corporation. My commission expires November 30, 2012 I. L. Nelson, .Assistant Secretary of WESTERN SURETY COMPANY do hereby certify that the Power of Attorney hereinabove set forth is still in force, and further certify that the By -Law of the corporation printed on the reverse hereof is still in force. In testimony whereof I have hereunto subscribed 6th M31 my name and affixed the seal of the said corporation this day of 20'12 i Form F4280 -09 -06 Buck Leigh, Individually ss Western Surety Company +S ‘ , wSww ,, hw< ,, ,ywq , ,y ,, ,y4 , -,.,<,.., + s D, KRELL s s ssAL NOTARY P UBLIC SEAL s t. s SOUTH DAKOTA s - In Unlimited Amounts - 14 c.1. Q2' z s D , CERTIFICATE WESTERN SURETY COMPANY Paul Bruflat, Senior Vice President D. Kr Public WESTERN SURETY COMPANY L. Nelson, Assistant Secretary Blair Construction, Inc. P.O. Box 770 Evans, Georgia 30809 Phone (706) 868 -1950 Fax (706) 868 -1855 BIDDERS QUALIFICATION STATEMENT with Proposed Subcontractors /Suppliers In the early 1950's Blair L. Mutimer began the Augusta located company Blair Construction. In 1973 the business was incorporated in the State of Georgia as Blair Construction, Inc. Blair Construction, Inc. has at some time performed grading, paving and underground utility construction for most every municipality within a 40 to 50 mile radius of the City of Augusta. The majority of the work we perform is either for the City of Augusta or Columbia County. We have an outstanding and well - respected relationship with both these municipalities. Our company employs approximately 53 persons and has an average annual revenue of around $12,000,000. Approximately 80 percent of our work is large diameter underground utilities with the other 20 percent being earthwork and base & paving. We currently hold Certificates of Qualifications from both the State of Georgia and the State of South Carolina Departments of Transportation. As established in past projects with the City of Augusta, we have both the experience and means to perform the subject project to which we are bidding. Below are qualified Subcontractors we propose to utilize for this project. • H &C Surveying • Country Boy Farms • Southern Asphalt LLC • Turpin Boring • Augusta Ready Mix • USA Aggregates • Ferguson Waterworks • _ Reeves for Staking & Layout for Grassing & Silt Fence for asphalt work for Jack & Bore Below are qualified Suppliers we propose to utilize for this project. for concrete for stone for pipe and fittings for Asphalt Listed on the following page are recent projects of similar size and/or nature to which Blair Construction, Inc. has successfully completed. 1. Fort Gordon Recreation Area Water & Sewer Augusta Utilities Department Contract Amount: $692,364.00 2. William Few Parkway Roadway Extension Columbia County Engineering Department Contract Amount: $1,804,091.63 3. Horsepen Street Sanitary Sewer, Phase 2 -A Augusta Utilities Department Contract Amount: $1,304,780.15 4. Sixth Street Emergency Sewer Replacement Augusta Utilities Department Contract Amount: $562,884.00 5. Reed Creek Force Main Columbia County Water & Sewerage Department Contract Amount: $150,483.33 6. Reed Creek Relief Sewer Columbia County Water & Sewerage Department Contract Amount: $1,116,474.00 7. AUD 36" Water Main Augusta Utilities Department Contract Amount: $3,540,419.21 8. Meadowbrook Area Utility & Roadway Improvements Augusta Engineering Department Contract Amount: $2,626,662.79 9. Pointe West Drainage Improvements Augusta Engineering Department Contract Amount: $645,589.72 We appreciate the opportunity to submit our bid on this project and are sure our experience and qualifications will be acceptable. If any other information is needed, please feel free to contact us. Respectfully Submitted: President Date: ye-://2_ ARTICLE I - SCOPE OF THE WORK AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT, made on the day of , 2012, by and between AUGUSTA, GEORGIA, BY AND THROUGH THE AUGUSTA - RICHMOND COUNTY COMMISSION, party of the first part, hereinafter called the OWNER, and BLAIR CONSTRUCTION, INC., party of the second part, hereinafter called the CONTRACTOR. WITNESSETH, that the Contractor and the Owner, for the considerations hereinafter named, agree as follows: The Contractor hereby agrees to furnish all of the materials and all of the equipment and labor necessary, and to perform all of the work shown on the plans and described in the specifications for the project entitled: "Jamestown Sewer Extension — Phase III -A "; (Spirit Creek Basin — Pocket); Project No. 50215 and in accordance with the requirements and provisions of the Contract Documents as defined in the General and Special Conditions hereto attached, which are hereby made a part of this agreement. ARTICLE II - TIME OF COMPLETION - LIQUIDATED DAMAGES The work to be performed under this Contract shall be commenced within 10 calendar days after the date of written notice by the Owner or the Contractor to proceed. All work shall be substantially completed within 60 calendar days with all such extensions of time as are provided for in the General Conditions. Substantial completion shall be definedas sewer being in service. Final completion shall be 30 days after substantial completion. It is hereby understood and mutually agreed, by and between the Contractor and the Owner, that the date of beginning, rate of progress and the time for completion of the work to be done hereunder are ESSENTIAL CONDITIONS of this contract. Contractor agrees that said work shall be prosecuted regularly, diligently, and uninterruptedly at such rate of progress as will ensure full completion thereof within the time specified. It is expressly understood and agreed by and between the Contractor and the Owner, that the time for completion of the work described herein is a reasonable time for completion of the same, taking into consideration the average climatic range and construction conditions prevailing in this locality. IF THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NEGLECT, FAIL, OR REFUSE TO COMPLETE THE WORK WITHIN THE TIME HEREIN SPECIFIED, then the Contractor does hereby agree, as a part of the consideration for the awarding of this contract, to pay the Owner the sum of one thousand ($1,000)Dollars, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages for such breach of contract as hereinafter set forth, for each and every calendar day that the Contractor shall be in default after the time stipulated in the Contract for completing the work. The said amount is fixed and agreed upon by and between the Contractor and the Owner because of the impracticability and extreme difficulty of fixing and ascertaining the actual damages the Owner would, in such event, sustain, and said amounts shall be retained from time to time by the Owner from current periodical estimates. It is further agreed that time is of the essence of each and every portion of this Contract and the specifications wherein a definite portion and certain length of time is fixed for the additional time is allowed 1 for the completion of any work, the new time limit fixed by extension shall be the esmce of this contract. Points of Contact and Direction All administrative deliverables including notices, certificates and permits required under this Agreement shall be submitted to the OWNER. All technical deliverables required by the Task Order shall be subm fitted to OWNER technical point of contact(POC) noted below. Any administrative or technical direction received from these individuals, unless received in the form of a revision to this Agreement, shall be considered informational only and shall not be binding by the parties. All notices and actions by OWNER under this Agreement shall be submitted to the CONTRACTOR POC indentified below: OWNER Technical POC: AUD assigned project engineers CONTRACTOR POC: ARTICLE III - PAYMENT (A) The Contract Sum The Owner shall pay to the contractor for the performance of the Contract the amount as stated in the TASK ORDER based upon rates stated in theBID FORM and Schedule of Itemsof Bid item 12 - . No variations shall be made in the amount except as at forth in the specifications attached hereto. (B) Progress Payment On no later than the fifth day of every month, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner's Engineer an estimate covering the percentage of thetotal amount of the Contract which has been completed from the start of the job up to and including the last working day of the preceding month, together with such supporting evidence as may be required by the Owner and /or the Engineer. This estimate shall include only the quantities in place and at the unit prices as set forth in the Bid Schedule. On the vendor run following approval of the invoice for payment, the Owner shall after deducting previous payments made, pay to the Contractor 90% of the amount of the estimate on units accepted in place. The 10% retained percentage may be held by the Owner until the final completion and acceptance of all work under the Contract. ARTICLE IV - ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYMENT (A) Upon receipt of written notice that the work is ready for final inspection acceptance, the Engineer shall within 10 days made such inspection, and when he finds the work acceptable under the Contract and the Contract fully performed, he will promptly issue final certificate, over his own signature, stating that the work required by this Contract has been completed and is accepted by him under the terms and conditions thereof, and theentire balance found to be due the Contractor, including the retained percentage, shall be paid to the Contractor by the Owner within 15 days afteithe date of said final certificate. (B) Before final payment is due, the Contractor shall submit evidence satisfactoryto the Engineer that all payrolls, material bills, and other indebtedness connected with work have been paid, except that in case of disputed indebtedness of liens of evidence of payment of all such disputed amounts when adjudicated in cases where such payment has not already been guaranteed by surety bond. (C) The making and acceptance of the final payment shall constitute a waiver of all claims 2 by the Owner, other than those arising from unsettled liens, from faulty work appearing within 12 months after final payment, from requirements of the specifications, or from manufacturer's guarantees. It shall also constitute a waiver of all clams by the Contractor except those previously made and still unsettled. (D) If after the work has been substantially completed, full completion thereof is materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor, and the Engineer, so certifies, the Owner shall upon certification of the Engineer, and without terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the work fully completed and accepted. Entire Agreement This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings and may only be changed by written revision executed by both parties. Each payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement in three (3) counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, in the year and day first mentioned above. _(:S.EAL)..... ATTEST. Secr ary Witness -6;)Lo By: AUGUSTA, GEORGIA As its Mayor CONTRACTOR: By: Address: As its Revision Date August 2001 GENERAL CONDITIONS ARTICLE I-- DEFINITIONS Wherever used in these General Conditions or in the other Contract Documents the following terms have the meanings indicated, which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof: Addenda -Any changes, revisions or clarifications of the Contract Documents which have been duly issued by OWNER to prospective Bidders prior to the time of opening of Bids. Agreement -The written agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR covering the Work to be performed; other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as provided therein. Application for Payment -The form accepted by PROFESSIONAL which is to be used by CONTRACTOR in requesting progress or final payments and which is to include such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. Bid -The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the price(s) for the Work to be performed. Bonds -Bid, performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security furnished by CONTRACTOR and its Surety in accordance with the Contract Documents. Change Order- - A document recommended by PROFESSIONAL, which is signed by CONTRACTOR and OWNER, and authorizes an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. Contract Documents -The Agreement: Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents); CONTRACTOR's Bid (including documentation accompanying the Bid and any post -Bid documentation submitted prior to the Notice of Award) when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement; the Bonds; these General Conditions; the Supplementary Conditions; the Plans, Specifications and the Drawings as the same are more specifically identified in the Agreement; Certificates of Insurance; Notice of Award; and Change Order duly delivered after execution of Contract together with all amendments, modifications and supplements issued pursuant to paragraphs 3.3 and 3.5 or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. Contract Price -The moneys payable by OWNER to CONTRACTOR under the Contract Documents as stated in the Agreement (subject to the provisions of paragraph 11.9.1 in the case of Unit Price Work). Contract Time -The number of days (computed as provided in paragraph 17.2.1) or the date stated in the Agreement for the completion of the Work. CONTRACTOR -The person, firm or corporation with whom OWNER has entered into the Agreement. COUNTY - Richmond County, Georgia, or Augusta, Georgia, political subdivisions of the State of Georgia, the Augusta, Georgia Commission, and its authorized designees, agents, or employees. Day- Either a working day or calendar day as specified in the bid documents. If a calendar day shall fall on a legal holiday, that day will be omitted from the computation. Legal Holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Day, Memorial Day, 4th of July, Labor Day, Veterans Day, Thanksgiving Day and the following Friday, and Christmas Day. Defective -An adjective which, when modifying the word Work, refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty or GC -1 deficient, does not conform to the Contract Documents, or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to PROFESSIONAL's recommendation of final payment, unless responsibility for the protection thereof has been assumed by OWNER at Substantial Completion (in accordance with paragraph 14.8 or 14.10). Drawings -The drawings which show the character and scope of the Work to be performed and which have been prepared or approved by PROFESSIONAL and are referred to in the Contract Documents. Effective Date of the Agreement -The date indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective, but if no such date is indicated it means the date on which the Agreement is signed by the Mayor of Augusta, Georgia. Field Order -A written order issued by PROFESSIONAL that modifies Drawings and Specifications, but which does not involve a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Time. General Requirements- Sections of Division I of the Specifications. Laws or Regulations -Laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and /or orders. Notice of Award -The written notice by OWNER to the apparent successful bidder stating that upon compliance by the apparent successful bidder with the conditions precedent enumerated therein, within the time specified, OWNER will sign and deliver the Agreement. Notice to Proceed -A written notice given by OWNER to CONTRACTOR (with a copy to PROFESSIONAL) fixing the date on which the Contract Time will commence to run and on which CONTRACTOR shall start to perform CONTRACTOR'S obligations under the Contract Documents. OWNER- Augusta, Georgia, and the Augusta, Georgia Commission. Revision Date August 2001 Partial Utilization - Placing a portion of the Work in service for the purpose for which it is intended or for a related purpose) before reaching Substantial Completion for all the Work. PROFESSIONAL -The Architectural /Engineering firm or individual or in -house licensed person designated to perform the design and /or resident engineer services for the Work. PROGRAM MANAGER — The professional firm or individual designated as the representative or the OWNER who shall act as liaison between OWNER and both the PROFESSIONAL and CONTRACTOR when project is part of an OWNER designated program. Project -The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the whole, or a part, as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. Project Area -The area within which are the specified Contract Limits of the improvements contemplated to be constructed in whole or in part under this Contract. Project Manager -The professional in charge, serving OWNER with architectural or engineering services, his successor, or any other person or persons, employed by said OWNER, for the purpose of directing or having in charge the work embraced in this Contract. Resident Project Representative -The authorized representative of PROFESSIONAL as PROGRAM MANAGER who is assigned to the site or any part thereof. Shop Drawings -All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data which are specifically prepared GC -2 Revision Date August 2001 by or for CONTRACTOR to illustrate some portion of the Work and all illustrations, brochures, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, diagrams and other information prepared by a Supplier and submitted by CONTRACTOR to illustrate material or equipment for some portion of the Work. Specifications -Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto. Subcontractor -An individual, firm or corporation having a direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with any other SUBCONTRACTOR for the performance of a part of the Work at the site. Substantial Completion -The Work (or a specified part thereof) has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of PROFESSIONAL as evidenced by PROFESSIONAL's definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Work (or specified part) can be used for the purposes for which it is intended, or if there be no such certificate issued, when final payment is due in accordance with paragraph 14.13. The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to any Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. Supplementary Conditions -The part of the Contract Documents which amends or supplements these General Conditions. Supplier -A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman or vendor. Underground Facilities -All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasement containing such facilities which have been installed underground to furnish any of the following services or materials: electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, sewage and drainage removal, traffic or other control systems, or water. Unit Price Work -Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. Work -The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. Work is the result of performing services, furnishing labor and furnishing and incorporating materials and equipment into the construction, and furnishing documents, all as required by the Contract Documents. Work Change Directive -A written directive to CONTRACTOR, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by OWNER and recommended by PROFESSIONAL, ordering an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed as provided in paragraph 4.2 or 4.3 or to emergencies under paragraph 6.22. A Work Change Directive may not change the Contract Price or the Contract Time but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Time as provided in Article 10. Written Amendment -A written amendment of the Contract Documents, signed by OWNER and CONTRACTOR on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and normally dealing with the non - engineering or non - technical rather than strictly Work - related aspects of the Contract Documents. GC -3 Delivery of Bonds: 2.1. When CONTRACTOR delivers the executed Agreements to OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall also deliver to OWNER such Bonds as CONTRACTOR may be required to furnish in accordance with these Contract Documents. Copies of Documents: 2.2. After the award of the Contract, OWNER shall furnish CONTRACTOR, at no cost, one (1) complete set of the Contract Documents for execution of the work. Additional sets of the project manual and drawings and /or individual pages or sheets of the project manual or drawings will be furnished by COUNTY upon CONTRACTOR's request and at CONTRACTOR's expense, which will be OWNER's standard charges for printing and reproduction. Commencement of Contract Time, Notice to Proceed: 2.3. The Contract Time shall commence as established in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time after the Effective Date of the Contract. Starting the Project: Before Starting Construction: ARTICLE 2- PRELIMINARY MATTERS Revision Date August 2001 2.4. CONTRACTOR shall begin the Work on the date the Contract Time commences. No Work shall be done prior to the date on which the Contract Time commences. Any Work performed by CONTRACTOR prior to date on which Contract Time commences shall be at the sole risk of CONTRACTOR. 2.5. Before undertaking each part of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable field measurements. CONTRACTOR shall promptly report in writing to PROFESSIONAL any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy which CONTRACTOR may discover and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from PROFESSIONAL before proceeding with any Work affected thereby. CONTRACTOR shall be liable to OWNER for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy in the Contract Documents, if CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have known thereof. 2.6. Within ten days after the Effective Date of the Agreement (unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements), CONTRACTOR shall submit to PROFESSIONAL and OWNER for review: 2.6.1. an estimated progress schedule indicating the starting and completion dates of the various stages of the Work: 2.6.2. a preliminary schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample submissions, and 2.6.3. a preliminary schedule of values for all of the Work which will include quantities and prices of items aggregating the Contract Price and will subdivide the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during construction. Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work which will be confirmed in writing by CONTRACTOR at the time of submission. GC-4 Revision Date August 2001 2.7. Before any Work at the site is started, CONTRACTOR shall deliver to OWNER, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, an original policy or certified copies of each insurance policy (and other evidence of insurance which OWNER may reasonably request) which CONTRACTOR is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with Article 5. Pre- construction Conference: 2.8. Before any Work at the site is started, a conference attended by CONTRACTOR, OWNER PROFESSIONAL and others as appropriate will be held to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedules referred to in 2.6 as well as procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other submittals, processing applications for payment and maintaining required records. Finalizing Schedules: 2.9. At least ten days before submission of the first Application for Payment, a conference attended by CONTRACTOR, PROFESSIONAL and OWNER and others as appropriate will be held to finalize the schedules submitted in accordance with paragraph 2.6. CONTRACTOR shall have an additional ten (10) calendar days to make corrections and adjustments and to complete and resubmit the schedules. No progress payment shall be made to CONTRACTOR until the schedules are submitted and acceptable to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL as provided below. The finalized progress schedule will be acceptable to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL as providing an orderly progression of the Work to completion within any specified Milestones and the Contract Time, but such acceptance will neither impose on PROFESSIONAL responsibility for the sequencing, scheduling or progress of the Work nor interfere with or relieve CONTRACTOR from full responsibility therefor. The finalized schedule of Shop Drawing submissions and Sample submissions will be acceptable to PROFESSIONAL as providing a workable arrangement for reviewing and processing the submissions. CONTRACTOR's schedule of values shall be approved by PROFESSIONAL as to form and substance. CONTRACTOR, in addition to preparing an initially acceptable schedule, shall be responsible for maintaining the schedule, including updating schedule. Schedule updates shall include progression of work as compared to scheduled progress on work. Schedule updates shall accompany each pay request. Intent: ARTICLE 3- CONTRACT DOCUMENTS; INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE Revision Date August 2001 3.1. The Contract Documents comprise the entire agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work. The Contract Documents are complementary: what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. The Contract Documents will be construed in accordance with the law of the State of Georgia. 3.2. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete Project (or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment that may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be supplied whether or not specifically called for. When words or phrases which have a well -known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used to describe Work, materials or equipment, such words shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning. 3.3; Except as otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents or as may be provided by . amendment or supplement thereto issued by one of the methods indicated in 3.6 or 3.7, the provisions of the Contract Documents shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract Documents and the provisions of any such standard, specification, manual, code or instruction (whether or not specifically incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents) and the provisions of any such Laws or Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work (unless such an interpretation of the provisions of the Contract Documents would result in violation of such Law or Regulation). Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by PROFESSIONAL as provided in paragraph 9.4. 3.4. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or to the Laws or Regulations of any governmental authority, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard, specification, manual, code or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. 3.5. If, during the performance of the Work, CONTRACTOR discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision of any such Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any such standard, specification, manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier referred to in 6.7, CONTRACTOR shall so report to PROFESSIONAL in writing at once and before proceeding with the Work affected thereby and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from PROFESSIONAL; however, CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNER or PROFESSIONAL for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy in the Contract Documents unless CONTRACTOR had actual knowledge thereof or should reasonably have known thereof. Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents: 3.6. The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions and revisions in the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof in one or more of the following ways: 3.6.1. a formal Written Amendment, 3.6.2. a Change Order (pursuant to paragraph 10.3), or GC -6 3.6.3. a Work Change Directive (pursuant to paragraph 10.4). As indicated in paragraphs 11.2 and 12.1, Contract Price and Contract Time may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written Amendment. 3.7. In addition, the requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations and deviations in the Work may be authorized in one or more of the following ways: 3.7.1. a Field Order (pursuant to paragraph 9.5). 3.7.2. PROFESSIONAL's approval of a Shop Drawing or sample (pursuant to paragraphs 6.24 and 6.26), or 3.7.3. PROFESSIONAL's written interpretation or clarification (pursuant to paragraph 9.4). Reuse of documents: 3.8. Neither CONTRACTOR nor any Subcontractor or Supplier or other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with OWNER shall have or acquire any title to or OWNERSHIP rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of PROFESSIONAL or PROFESSIONAL's consultant; and they shall not reuse such Drawings, Specifications or other documents (or copies of any thereof) on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of OWNER and PROFESSIONAL and specific written verification or adaptation by PROFESSIONAL. Revision Date August 2001 Availability of Lands: ARTICLE 4- AVAILABILITY OF LANDS, PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 4.1. OWNER shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights -of -way and easements for access thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the use of CONTRACTOR. Necessary easements or rights -of -way will be obtained and expenses will be borne by OWNER. If CONTRACTOR and OWNER are unable to agree on entitlement to or the amount or extent of any adjustments in the Contract Price or the Contract Times as a result of any delay in OWNER's furnishing these lands, rights -of -way or easements, the CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. The CONTRACTOR shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. Physical Conditions: 4.2.1. Explorations and Reports: Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for identification of those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the site that have been utilized in preparing the Contract Documents and those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the site (except Underground Facilities) that have been utilized in preparing the Contract Documents. 4.2.2. CONTRACTOR may rely upon the general accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports and drawings. Such "technical data" is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on such "technical data," CONTRACTOR may not rely upon or make any claim against OWNER, PROFESSIONAL, or any of PROFESSIONAL's Consultants with respect to: 4.2.2.1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for CONTRACTOR's purposes, including but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by CONTRACTOR and safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or 4.2.2.2. other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings, or 4.2.2.3. any CONTRACTOR interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such data, interpretations, opinions or information. 4.2.3. If conditions are encountered, excluding existing utilities, at the site which are (1) subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions which differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or (2) unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature, which differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the character provided for in the Contract Documents, then CONTRACTOR shall give OWNER notice thereof promptly before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than 48 hours after first observance of the conditions. 4.2.4. The OWNER and PROFESSIONAL shall promptly investigate such conditions, and, if they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in CONTRACTOR's cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the Work, the OWNER and PROFESSIONAL shall recommend an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Time, or both. If the OWNER and PROFESSIONAL determine that the conditions at the Site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents or are not materially different from those ordinarily found and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified, the PROFESSIONAL shall notify CONTRACTOR of the determination in writing. The Work shall be GC -8 Revision Date August 2001 performed after direction is provided by the PROFESSIONAL. Physical Conditions- Underground Facilities: Revision Date August 2001 4.3.1. Shown or Indicated: The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on information and data furnished to OWNER or PROFESSIONAL by OWNER'S of such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions: 4.3.1.1. OWNER and PROFESSIONAL shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and 4.3.1.2. The cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price and CONTRACTOR shall have full responsibility for reviewing and checking all such information and data for locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, for coordination of the Work with the OWNER'S of such Underground Facilities during construction, for the safety and protection thereof as provided in paragraph 6.20 and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work, the cost of all of which will be considered as having been included in the Contract Price. 4.3.2. Not Shown or Indicated. If an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to the site which was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents and which CONTRACTOR could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of, CONTRACTOR shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before performing any Work affected thereby except in an emergency as permitted by paragraph 6.22, identify the OWNER of such Underground Facility and give written notice thereof to that OWNER and to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL. PROFESSIONAL will promptly review the Underground Facility to determine the extent to which the Contract Documents should be modified to reflect and document the consequences of the existence of the Underground Facility, and the Contract Documents will be amended or supplemented to the extent necessary. During such time, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the safety and protection of such Underground Facility as provided in paragraph 6.20. CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, or both, to the extent that they are attributable to the existence of any Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents and which CONTRACTOR could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or length thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. Reference Points: 4.4. OWNER shall provide Engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction which in PROFESSIONAL's judgment are necessary to enable CONTRACTOR to proceed with the . Work. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for laying out the Work (unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements), shall protect and preserve the established reference points and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall report to PROFESSIONAL whenever any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points by professionally qualified personnel. Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material: GC -9 4.5 OWNER shall be responsible for any Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material uncovered or revealed at the site which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work and which may present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto in connection with the Work at the site. OWNER shall not be responsible for any such materials brought to the site by CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor, Suppliers or anyone else for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible. 4.6 CONTRACTOR. shall immediately: (i) stop all work in connection with such hazardous condition and in any area affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by 6.22), and (ii) notify OWNER and PROFESSIONAL (and thereafter confirm such notice in writing). OWNER shall promptly consult with PROFESSIONAL concerning the necessity for OWNER to retain a qualified expert to evaluate such hazardous condition or take corrective action, if any. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to resume Work in connection with such hazardous condition or in any such affected area until after. OWNER has obtained any required permits related thereto and delivered to CONTRACTOR special written notice (i) specifying that such condition and any affected area is or has been rendered safe for the resumption of Work, or specifying any special conditions under which such Work may be resumed safely. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot agree as to entitlement to or the amount or extent of an adjustment, if any, in Contract Price or Contract Times as a result of such Work stoppage or such special conditions under which Work is agreed by CONTRACTOR to be resumed, either party may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 11. and 12. 4.7 If after receipt of such special written notice, CONTRACTOR does not agree to resume such Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to resume such Work under such specaI conditions, then CONTRACTOR may order such portion of the Work that is in connection with such hazardous conditions or insuch affected area to be deleted from the. Work. If OWNER and. CONTRACTOR cannot agree as to entitlement to or, the amount or extent of an adjustment, if any in Contract Price or Contract Times as a result of deleting such portion of the Work, then either party may make a claim therefor as provided in. Articles 11 and 12. OWNER may have deleted such portion of the Work performed by OWNER's own forces orothers''' in accordance with Article 7. 4.7.1 The provisions of 4.2 and 4.3 are not intended to apply to Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material uncovered or revealed at the site. Revision Date August 2001 Performance and Other Bonds: CONTRACTOR's Liability Insurance: ARTICLE 5 -BONDS AND INSURANCE GC -11 Revision Date August 2001 5.1. CONTRACTOR shall furnish performance and payment Bonds, each in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price as Security for the faithful performance and payment of all CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract Documents. These Bonds shall remain in effect at least until one year after the date when final payment becomes due, except as otherwise provided by Law or Regulation or by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall also furnish such other Bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditions: All Bonds shall be in the forms prescribed by Law or Regulation or by. the Contract Documents and be executed by such sureties as are named in the current, list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds, and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular.570= (amended) by the Audit Staff Bureau of Accounts, U.S. Treasury Department. All Bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of the authority to act. Licensed Sureties and Insurers; Certificates of Insurance 5.2.1 All, bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by CONTRACTOR shall be obtained from surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the State of Georgia to issue bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverages so required. All bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of authority to act: Such surety and-insurance companies shall ;.also meet such additional requirements and qualifications as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 52.2. CONTRACTOR shall deliver to OWNER, with copies to each additional insured identified in 5.3, an original or a certified copy of the complete insurance policy for each policy required, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by. OWNER or any other additional insured) which CONTRACTOR is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with 5.3. 5.2.3. If the surety on any Bond furnished by CONTRACTOR is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of paragraph 5.1, CONTRACTOR shall within five days thereafter substitute another Bond and Surety, both of which must be acceptable to OWNER. 5.3. CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain such comprehensive general liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the Work being performed and furnished and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from CONTRACTOR's performance and furnishing of the Work and CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed or furnished by CONTRACTOR, by any Subcontractor, by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: 5.3.1. Claims under workers' or workmen's compensation, disability benefits and other similar employee benefit acts; 5.3.2. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of CONTRACTOR's employees; 5.3.3. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than CONTRACTOR's employees; 5.3.4. Claims for damages insured by personal injury liability coverage which are sustained (a) by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by CONTRACTOR, or (b) by any other person for any other reason; 5.3.5. Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; 5.3.6. Claims arising out of operation of Laws or Regulations for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or for damage to property; and 5.3.7. Claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the OWNERSHIP, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle: The insurance required by this paragraph 5.3 shall include the specific coverage's and be written for not less than the limits of liability and coverage's provided >:in.the Supplementary Conditions, or required -by law, whichever is greater. The comprehensive general liability insurance shall include completed operations insurance. All of the policies of insurance so required to be purchased and maintained (or the certificates or „ other evidence thereof) shall contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be .canceled materially changed or renewal refused until at least thirty days priorwritten notice has been given to OWNER, PROGRAM MANAGER, and PROFESSIONAL by certified mail.'" All such insurance shall remain in" • effect until final payment and at all times thereafter when CONTRACTOR may be correcting, removing Or replacing defective Work in accordance with paragraph 13.12. In addition, CONTRACTOR shall maintain such completed operations insurance for at least two years after final payment and furnish OWNER with evidence of continuation of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter. Contractual Liability Insurance: 5.4. The comprehensive general liability insurance required by paragraph 5.3 will include contractual liability insurance applicable to CONTRACTOR's obligations under paragraphs 6.32 and 6.33. OWNER's Liability Insurance: 5.5. OWNER shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining OWNER's own liability insurance, and /or Risk Retention Program, and, at OWNER's option, may purchase and maintain such insurance as will protect OWNER against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract Documents. Property Insurance: 5.6. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, OWNER shall purchase and maintain property insurance upon the Work at the site to the full insurable value thereof (subject to such deductible amounts as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws and Regulations). This insurance shall include the interests of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, PROGRAM MANAGER, PROFESSIONAL and PROFESSIONAL's consultants in the Work, all of whom shall be listed as insureds or additional insured parties, shall insure against the perils of fire and extended coverage and shall include "all risk" insurance for physical loss and damage including theft, vandalism and malicious mischief, collapse and water damage, and such other perils as may be provided in the Supplementary GC -12 Revision Date August 2001 Waiver of Rights: GC -13 Revision Date August 2001 Conditions, and shall include damages, losses and expenses arising out of or resulting from any insured loss or incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property (including but not limited to fees and charges of PROFESSIONALs, architects, attorneys and other PROFESSIONALs). If not covered under the "all risk" insurance or otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain similar property insurance on portions of the Work stored on and off the site or in transit when such portions of the Work are to be included in an Application for Payment. 5.7.. OWNER shall purchase and maintain such boiler and machinery insurance or additional property insurance as may be required by the Supplementary Conditions or Laws and Regulations which will include the interests of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, PROFESSIONAL AND PROFESSIONAL's consultants in the Work, all of whom shall be listed as insured or additional insured parties. 5.8. All the policies of insurance (or the certificates or other evidence thereof) required to be purchased and maintained by OWNER in accordance with paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least thirty days prior written notice has been given to CONTRACTOR by certified mail and will contain waiver provisions in accordance with paragraph of 5.11.2. 5.9. OWNER shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance to protect the. Interests of CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors or others in the Work to the extent of any d'eductible amounts that are provided in the Supplementary Conditions. The risk of loss within the deductible amount will '? be borne by CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor or others suffering any such loss,' and if any of them wishes property insurance coverage within the limits of such amounts, each may purchase and maintain it at the purchaser's own, expense. 5.10.. If CONTRACTOR requests in writing: that other special insurance be included in the property insurance policy, OWNER shall, if possible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof will be charged to CONTRACTOR by appropriate Change Order or Written Amendment. Prior to commencement of the Work at the site, OWNER shall in writing advise CONTRACTOR whether or not such other insurance has been procured by OWNER. . 5.11.1. OWNER and CONTRACTOR waive all rights against each other for all losses and damages caused by any of the perils covered by the policies of insurance provided in response to paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 and other property insurance applicable to the Work, and also waive all such rights against the Subcontractors, PROFESSIONAL, PROFESSIONAL's consultants and all other parties named as insureds in such policies for losses and damages so caused. As required by paragraph 6.11, each subcontract between CONTRACTOR and a Subcontractor will contain similar waiver provisions by the Subcontractor in favor of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, PROFESSIONAL, PROFESSIONAL's consultants and all other parties named as insureds. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any of the insured parties may have to the proceeds of insurance held by OWNER as trustee or otherwise payable under any policy so issued. 5.11.2. OWNER and CONTRACTOR intend that policies provided in response to paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 shall protect all of the parties insured and provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils covered thereby. Accordingly, all such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurer will have no rights of recovery against any of the parties named as insureds or additional insureds, and if the insurers require separate waiver forms to be signed by PROFESSIONAL or PROFESSIONAL's consultant, OWNER will obtain the same, and if such waiver forms are required of any Subcontractor, CONTRACTOR will obtain the same. Receipt and Application of Proceeds: Partial Utilization - Property Insurance: Indemnification GC -14 Revision Date August 2001 5.12. Any insured loss under the policies of insurance required by paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 will be adjusted with. OWNER and made payable to OWNER as trustee for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to the requirements of any applicable mortgage clause and of paragraph 5.13. OWNER shall deposit in a separate account any money so received and shall distribute it in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest, may reach. If no other special agreement is reached, the damaged Work shall be repaired or replaced, the moneys so received applied on account thereof, and the Work and the cost thereof covered by an appropriate Change Order or Written Amendment. Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds 5.13. OWNER, as trustee, shall have power to adjust and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within fifteen days after the occurrence of loss to OWNER's exercise of this power. If such objection be made, OWNER, as trustee, shall make settlement with the insurers in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If required in writing by any party in interest, OWNER as trustee shall, upon the occurrence of an insured loss, give bond for the proper performance of such duties..:: Acceptance of Insurance: 5.14. If OWNER has any objection to the` coverage' afforded by or other provisions of the insurance required to be purchased and maintained by CONTRACTOR in accordance with paragraphs 5.3 and 5.4 on the basis of.its not complying with the Contract Documents, OWNER -shall notify CONTRACTOR in writing thereof within ten days of the date of delivery of such certificates to OWNER in accordance with paragraph 2.7. If CONTRACTOR has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the policies of insurance required to be purchased and maintained by OWNER in accordance with paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 on the basis of their not complying with the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER in writing thereof within ten days of the date of delivery, of such certificates to CONTRACTOR in accordance with paragraph 2.7. OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall each provide to the other such additional information in respect of insurance provided by each as the other may reasonably request. Failure by OWNER or CONTRACTOR to give any such notice of objection within the time provided shall constitute acceptance of such insurance purchased by the other as complying with the Contract Documents. 5.15. If OWNER finds it necessary to occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work, such use or occupancy may be accomplished in accordance with paragraph 14.10 provided that no such use or occupancy shall commence before the insurers providing the property insurance have acknowledged notice thereof and in writing effected the changes in coverage neces- sitated thereby. The insurers providing the property insurance shall consent by endorsement on the policy or policies, but the property insurance shall not be canceled or lapse on account of any such partial use or occupancy. 5.16.1. CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER, PROGRAM MANAGER, and its employees and agents from and against all liabilities, claims, suits, demands, damages, losses, and expenses, r t including attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from the performance of its Work, provided that any such liability, claim, suit, demand, damage, loss, or expense (a) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or injury to or destruction of tangible property, including the loss of use resulting therefrom and (b) is caused in whole or in part by an act or omission of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, whether or not it is caused in whole or in part by the negligence or other fault of a party indemnified hereunder. 5.16.2. In any and all claims against OWNER or any of its agents or employees by any employee of CONTRACTOR, any SUBCONTRACTOR, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under the previous paragraph shall not be limited in any way as to the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for CONTRACTOR or any SUBCONTRACTOR under workmen's compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts. 5.16.3. CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER and anyone directly or indirectly employed by it from and against all claims, suits, demands, damages, losses expenses (including attorneys' fees) arising out, of any infringement on patent or copyrights held by others and shall defend all such claims in connection with any alleged infringement of such rights. GC -15 Labor, Materials and Equipment: Adjusting Progress Schedule: ARTICLE 6-- CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES Revision Date August 2001 6.1. CONTRACTOR shall supervise and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction, but CONTRACTOR shall not be responsible for the negligence of others in the design or specification of a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to see that the finished Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. 6.2. CONTRACTOR shall keep on the Work, at all times during its progress, a competent resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without written notice to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be CONTRACTOR's representative at the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of CONTRACTOR. All communications to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to CONTRACTOR. 6.3. CONTRACTOR shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey and layout the Work and perform construction as required by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the site. Except in connection with the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the site shall be performed during regular working hours, and CONTRACTOR will not permit evening work or the performance of Work on Saturday, Sunday or any legal holiday without OWNER's written consent given after prior written notice to PROFESSIONAL: 6.4. Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements, CONTRACTOR shall furnish and assume full responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities and all other facilities and incidentals whether temporary or permanent necessary for the execution, testing, initial operation, and completion of the Work as required by the Contract. Documents. 6.5. All materials and equipment shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If required by PROFESSIONAL, CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable Supplier except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents; but no provision of any such instructions will be effective to assign to PROFESSIONAL, or any of PROFESSIONAL's consultants, agents or employees, any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of paragraph 9.14 or 9.15. 6.6. CONTRACTOR shall submit to PROFESSIONAL for acceptance to the extent indicated in paragraph 2.9 adjustments in the progress schedule to reflect the impact thereon of new developments; these will conform generally to the progress schedule then in effect and additionally will comply with any provisions of the General Requirements applicable thereto. GC-16 Substitutes or "Or- Equal" Items: Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others: GC -17 Revision Date August 2001 6.7.1. Whenever materials or equipment are specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the naming of the item is intended to establish the type, function and quality required. Unless the name is followed by words indicating that no substitution is permitted, materials or equipment of other Suppliers may accepted by PROFESSIONAL if sufficient information is submitted by CONTRACTOR to allow PROFESSIONAL to determine that the material or equipment proposed is equivalent or equal to that named. The procedure for review by PROFESSIONAL will include the following as supplemented in the General Requirements. Requests for review of substitute items of material and equipment will not be accepted by PROFESSIONAL from anyone other than CONTRACTOR. If CONTRACTOR wishes to furnish or use a substitute item of material or equipment, CONTRACTOR shall make written application to PROFESSIONAL for acceptance thereof, certifying that the proposed substitute will perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design, be similar and of equal substance to that specified and be suited to the same use as that specified. The application will state that the evaluation and acceptance of the proposed substitute will not prejudice CONTRACTOR's achievement of Substantial Completion on time, whether or not acceptance of the substitute for use in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with OWNER for work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute and whether or not incorporation or use of the substitute in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty. All variations of the proposed substitute from that specified will be identified in the application and available maintenance, repair and replacement service will be indicated. The application will also contain an itemized estimate of all costs that will result directly or indirectly from acceptance of such substitute, including, costs of redesign and claims of other contractors affected by the resulting change, all of which shall be considered by PROFESSIONAL. In evaluating the proposed substitute, PROFESSIONAL may require CONTRACTOR to furnish, at CONTRACTOR's expense, additional data about the proposed substitute. 6.7.2. If a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR may furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, sequence, technique or procedure of construction acceptable to PROFESSIONAL, if CONTRACTOR submits sufficient information to allow PROFESSIONAL to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that indicated or required by the Contract Documents. The procedure for review by PROFESSIONAL will be similar to that provided in paragraph 6.7.1 as applied by PROFESSIONAL and as may be supplemented in the Gen- eral Requirements. 6.7.3. PROFESSIONAL will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposed substitute. PROFESSIONAL will be the sole judge of acceptability and no substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized without PROFESSIONAL's prior written acceptance which will be evidenced by either a Change Order or an approved Shop Drawing. OWNER may require CONTRACTOR to furnish, at CONTRACTOR's expense, a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any substitute. PROFESSIONAL will record time required by PROFESSIONAL and PROFESSIONAL's consultants in evaluating substitutions proposed by CONTRACTOR and in making changes in the Contract Documents occasioned thereby. Whether or not PROFESSIONAL accepts a proposed substitute, CONTRACTOR shall reimburse OWNER for the charges of PROFESSIONAL and PROFESSIONAL's consultants for evaluating each proposed substitute. 6.8.1. CONTRACTOR shall not employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization (including those acceptable to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL as indicated in paragraph 6.8.2) whether initially or as a substitute, against whom OWNER or PROFESSIONAL may have reasonable objection. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization to furnish or perform any of the Work against whom CONTRACTOR has reasonable objection. 6.8.2. If the Supplementary Conditions require the identity of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers or other persons or organizations including those who are to furnish the principal items of materials and equipment to be submitted to OWNER prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement for acceptance by OWNER and PROFESSIONAL and if CONTRACTOR. has submitted a list thereof in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions, OWNER's or PROFESSIONAL's acceptance (either in writing or by failing to make written objection thereto by the date indicated for acceptance or objection in the bidding documents or the Contract Documents) of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization so identified may be revoked on the basis of reasonable objection after due investigation, in which case CONTRACTOR shall submit an acceptable substitute, the Contract Price will be increased by the difference, and the cost occasioned by such substitution and an appropriate Change Order will be issued or Written Amendment signed. No acceptance by OWNER or PROFESSIONAL of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization shall constitute a waiver of any right of OWNER or PROFESSIONAL to reject defective Work.' 6.9. CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with CONTRACTOR just as CONTRACTOR is responsible for CONTRACTOR's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual relationship between OWNER or PROFESSIONAL and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of OWNER or PROFESSIONAL to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization' except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations. 6.10. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control CONTRACTOR in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade. 6.11. All Work performed for CONTRACTOR by a Subcontractor will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between CONTRACTOR and the Subcontractor which specifically binds the Subcontractor to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of OWNER and PROFESSIONAL and contains waiver provisions as required by paragraph 5.11. CONTRACTOR shall pay each Subcontractor a just share of any insurance moneys received by CONTRACTOR on account of losses under policies issued pursuant to paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7. Patent Fees and Royalties: 6.12. CONTRACTOR shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER and PROFESSIONAL and anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them from and against all claims, damages, losses and expenses including attorneys' fees and court and arbitration costs arising out of any infringement on patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device not specified in the Contract Documents, and shall defend all such claims in connection with any alleged infringement of such rights. Permits: 6.13. CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for all construction permits, licenses, governmental charges and inspection fees, and all public utility charges which are applicable and necessary for the execution of the Work. All permit costs shall be included in the base bid. Permits, if any, that are provided and paid for by OWNER are listed in the Supplementary Conditions. Any delays associated with the permitting GC -18 Revision Date August 2001 process will be considered for time extensions only and no damages or additional compensation for delay will be allowed. Laws and Regulations: 6.14.1. CONTRACTOR shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to furnishing and performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither, OWNER nor PROFESSIONAL shall be responsible for monitoring CONTRACTOR's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. 6.14.2. If CONTRACTOR observes that any of the Contract Documents are contradictory to such laws, rules, and regulations, it will notify the Project Manager promptly in writing. Any necessary changes shall then be adjusted by an appropriate Change Order. If CONTRACTOR performs any Work that it knows or should have known to be contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations and without such notice to the Project Manager, it shall bear all related. costs. Taxes: Revision Date August'2001 6.15. CONTRACTOR shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other similar taxes required to be paid in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the place of the Project which are applicable during the performance of the Work. Use of Premises: 6.16. CONTRACTOR shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the operations of workers to the Project site and land and areas identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents and other land and areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, rights -of -way, permits and easements. CONTRACTOR shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. Any loss or damage to CONTRACTOR's or any Subcontractor's equipment is solely at the risk of CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the OWNER or occupant thereof or of any land or areas contiguous thereto, resulting from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made against OWNER or PROFESSIONAL by any such OWNER or occupant because of the performance of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall promptly attempt to settle with such other party by agreement or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or at law. CONTRACTOR shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify and hold OWNER harmless from and against all claims, damages, losses and expenses (including, but not limited to, fees of PROFESSIONALs, architects, attorneys and other professionals and court and arbitration costs) arising directly, indirectly or consequentially out of any action, legal or equitable, brought by any such other party against OWNER to the extent based on a claim arising out of CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work. 6.17. During the progress of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and other debris or contaminants resulting from the Work. At the completion of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery, and surplus materials, and shall leave the site clean and ready for occupancy by OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. Revision Date August 2001 6.18. CONTRACTOR shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall CONTRACTOR subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger them. Record Documents: 6.19. Contractor shall keep at the site and in good order one record copy of the Contract Documents and all Drawings and Specifications. These documents shall be annotated on a continuing basis to show all changes made during the construction process. These shall be available to PROFESSIONAL and the Project Manager and shall be submitted with the Application for Final Payment. Safety and Protection: 6.20. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. CONTRACTOR shall assume all risk of loss for stored equipment or materials, irrespective of whether CONTRACTOR has transferred the title of the stored equipment or materials to OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: Emergencies: 6.20.1. all employees on the Work and other persons and organizations who may be affected thereby; 6.20.2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site; and 6.20.3. other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for the safety of persons or property or to protect them from damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNERs of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility OWNERs when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or loss to any property referred to in paragraph 6.20.2 or 6.20.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, Supplier or any other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by CONTRACTOR (except damage or loss attributable to the fault of Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of OWNER or PROFESSIONAL or anyone employed by either of them or anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable, and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, to the fault or negligence of CON- TRACTOR). CONTRACTOR's duties and responsibilities for the safety and protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and PROFESSIONAL has issued a notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR in accordance, with paragraph 14.13 that the Work is acceptable (except as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial Completion). 6.21. CONTRACTOR shall designate a responsible member of its organization whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents at the site. This person shall be CONTRACTOR's superintendent unless otherwise designated in writing by CONTRACTOR to the Project Manager. GC -20 Revision Date August 2001 6.22. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, CONTRACTOR, without special instruction or authorization from PROFESSIONAL or OWNER, is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. CONTRACTOR shall give PROFESSIONAL prompt written notice if CONTRACTOR believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If PROFESSIONAL determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken in response to an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order be issued to document the consequences of the changes or variations. 6.22.1. CONTRACTOR shall immediately notify PROFESSIONAL of all events involving injuries to any person on the Site, whether or not such person was engaged in the construction of the Project, and shall file a written report on such person(s) and any other event resulting in property damage of any amount within five (5) days of the occurrence. 6.22.2. If PROFESSIONAL determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by CONTRACTOR in response to such an emergency, a Change Order will be issued to document the consequences of such action. Shop Drawings and Samples: 6.23. After checking and verifying all field measurements, CONTRACTOR shall promptly submit to PROFESSIONAL for approval, in accordance with the accepted schedule of submittals, all submittals and samples required by the Contract Documents. All submittals and samples shall have been checked by and stamped with the approval of CONTRACTOR and identified as PROFESSIONAL may require. The data shown on or with the submittals will be complete with respect to dimensions, design criteria, materials and any other information necessary to enable PROFESSIONAL to review the submittal as required. At the time of each submission, CONTRACTOR shall give notice to PROFESSIONAL of all deviations that the submittal or sample may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents. 6.24. PROFESSIONAL shall review and approve submittals and samples. Professional's review and approval shall be only for conformance with the design concept of the Project and compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents. The approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. CONTRACTOR will make any corrections required by PROFESSIONAL and resubmit the required number of corrected copies until approved. CONTRACTOR's stamp of approval on any submittal or sample shall constitute its representation to PROFESSIONAL and OWNER that CONTRACTOR has determined and verified all quantities, dimensions, field construction criteria, materials, catalog numbers, and similar data, and that each submittal or sample has been reviewed or coordinated with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. 6.24.1. No Work requiring a submittal or sample submission shall commence until the submission has been approved by PROFESSIONAL. A copy of each approved submittal and each approved sample shall be kept in good order by CONTRACTOR at the site and shall be available to PROFESSIONAL and OWNER. Any delays associated with the submittal process will be considered for time extensions only, and no damages or additional compensation for delay will be allowed. 6.24.2. Before submission of each Shop Drawing or sample, CONTRACTOR shall have determined and verified all quantities, dimensions, specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers and similar data with respect thereto and reviewed or coordinated each Shop Drawing or sample with other Shop Drawings and samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. 6.24.3. At the time of each submission, CONTRACTOR shall give PROFESSIONAL specific written GC -21 notice of each variation that the Shop Drawings or samples may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, and, in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop Drawing submitted to PROFESSIONAL for review and approval of each such variation. 6.26. PROFESSIONAL will review and approve with reasonable promptness Shop Drawings and samples, but PROFESSIONAL's review and approval will be only for conformance with the design concept of the Project and for compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents and shall not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction (except where a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is indicated in or required by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. 6.27. PROFESSIONAL's approval of submittals or samples shall not relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless CONTRACTOR has, in writing, called PROFESSIONAL's attention to each such variation at the time of submission and the OWNER has given written approval to the specific deviation; any such approval by PROFESSIONAL shall not relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for errors or omissions in the submittals. 6.28. Where a shop drawing or sample is required by the Contract Documents or the schedule of shop drawings and sample submissions accepted by PROFESSIONAL as required, any related work performed prior to PROFESSIONAL's review and approval of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of CONTRACTOR. Continuing the Work: 6.30. CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with OWNER. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as permitted by paragraph 15.6 or as CONTRACTOR and OWNER may otherwise agree in writing. Cleaning Up: Indemnification: Revision Date August 2001 6.31. CONTRACTOR shall maintain the site free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish, and other debris or contaminants resulting from the work on a daily basis or as required. At the completion of the work, CONTRACTOR shall remove all waste materials, rubbish, and debris from the site as well as all tools, construction equipment and machinery, and surplus materials and will leave the Site clean and ready for occupancy by OWNER. All disposal shall be in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations. In addition to any other rights available to OWNER under the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR's failure to maintain the site may result in withholding of any amounts due CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR will restore to original condition those portions of the site not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. 6.32. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER, PROGRAM MANAGER and PROFESSIONAL and their consultants, agents and employees from and .against all claims, damages, losses and expenses, direct, indirect or consequential (including but not limited to fees and charges of PROGRAM MANAGER, PROFESSIONALs, architects, attorneys and other PROFESSIONALs and court and arbitration costs) arising out of or resulting from the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, damage, loss or expense (a) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself) GC -22 including the loss of use resulting therefrom and (b) is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not it is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder or arises by or is imposed by Law and Regulations regardless of the negligence of any such party. 6.33. In any and all claims against OWNER, PROGRAM MANAGER or PROFESSIONAL or any of their consultants, agents or employees by any employee of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under paragraph 6.32 shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for CONTRACTOR or any such Subcontractor or other person or organization under workers' or workmen's compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. 6.34. The obligations of CONTRACTOR under paragraph 6.32 shall not extend to the liability of PROFESSIONAL, PROFESSIONAL's consultants, agents or employees arising out of the preparation or approval of maps, drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, Change Orders, designs or specifications. Revision Date August 2001 Related Work at Site: ARTICLE 7-- -OTHER WORK Revision Date August 2001 7.1. OWNER may perform other work related to the Project at the site by OWNER's own forces, have other work performed by aided OWNERs or let other direct contracts therefor which shall contain General Conditions similar to these. If the fact that such other work is to be performed was not noted in the Contract Documents, written notice thereof will be given to CONTRACTOR prior to starting any such other work; and, if CONTRACTOR believes that such performance will involve additional expense to CONTRACTOR or requires additional time and the parties are unable to agree as to the extent thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. 7.1.2. CONTRACTOR shall afford each utility OWNER and other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract for OWNER, if OWNER is performing the additional work with OWNER's employees, proper and safe access to the site and a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such work, and shall properly connect and coordinate the Work with theirs. CONTRACTOR shall do all cutting, fitting and patching of the Work that may required to make its several parts come together properly and integrate with such other work. CONTRACTOR shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating or otherwise altering their work and will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of PROFESSIONAL and the others whose work will be affected. The duties and responsibilities of CONTRACTOR under this paragraph are for the benefit of such utility OWNERs and other contractors to the extent that there are comparable provisions for the benefit of CONTRACTOR in said direct contracts between OWNER and such utility OWNERs and other contractors. 7.2. If any part of CONTRACTOR's Work depends for proper execution or results upon the work of any such other contractor or utility OWNER (or OWNER), CONTRACTOR shall inspect and promptly report to PROFESSIONAL in writing any delays, defects or deficiencies in such work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for such proper execution and results. CONTRACTOR's failure so to report will constitute an acceptance of the other work as fit and proper for integration with CONTRACTOR's Work except for latent or nonapparent defects and deficiencies in the other work. Coordination: 7.4. If OWNER contracts with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the site, the person or organization who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime contractors will be identified in the Supplementary Conditions, and the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized, and the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided in the Supplementary Conditions. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, neither OWNER nor PROFESSIONAL shall have any authority or responsibility in respect of such coordination. ARTICLE 8 - -- OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES Revision Date August 2001 8.1. Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, OWNER shall issue all communications to CONTRACTOR through the PROGRAM MANAGER or PROFESSIONAL. 8.2. In case of termination of the employment of PROFESSIONAL, OWNER shall appoint a PROFESSIONAL against whom CONTRACTOR makes no reasonable objection, whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former PROFESSIONAL. Any dispute in connection with such appointment shall be subject to arbitration. 8.3. OWNER shall furnish the data required of OWNER under the Contract Documents promptly and shall make payments to CONTRACTOR promptly after they are due as provided in paragraphs 14.4 and 14.13. 8.4. OWNER's duties in respect of providing lands and easements and providing Engineering surveys to establish reference points are set forth in paragraphs 4.1 and 4.4. Paragraph 4.2 refers to OWNER's identifying and making available to CONTRACTOR copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site and in existing structures which have been utilized by PROFESSIONAL in preparing the Drawings and Specifications. 8.5. OWNER's responsibilities in respect of purchasing and maintaining liability and property insurance are set forth in paragraphs 5.5 through 5.8. 8.6. OWNER is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in paragraph 10.3. 8.7. OWNER's responsibility in respect of certain inspections, tests and approvals is set forth in paragraph 13.4. 8.8. In connection with OWNER's right to stop Work or suspend Work, see paragraphs 13.10 and 15.1. Paragraph 15.2 deals with OWNER's right to terminate services of CONTRACTOR under certain circumstances. OWNER's Representative: 9.1. PROFESSIONAL will be OWNER's representative during the construction period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of PROFESSIONAL as OWNER's representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of OWNER and PROFESSIONAL. Visits to Site: 9.2. PROFESSIONAL will make visits to the site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction to observe the premises and quality of the executed Work and to determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. PROFESSIONAL will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on -site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. PROFESSIONAL's efforts will be directed toward providing for OWNER a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and on -site observations as an experienced and qualified design PROFESSIONAL, PROFESSIONAL will keep OWNER informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard OWNER against defects and deficiencies in the Work. Project Representation: Clarifications and Interpretations: Authorized Variations in Work: ARTICLE 9--- PROFESSIONAL'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION GC -26 Revision Date August 2001 9.3. If OWNER and PROFESSIONAL agree, PROFESSIONAL will furnish a Resident Project Representative to assist PROFESSIONAL in observing the performance of the Work: The duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of any such Resident Project Representative and assistants will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions. If OWNER designates another agent to represent OWNER at the site who is not PROFESSIONAL's agent or employee, the duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of such other person will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 9.4. PROFESSIONAL shall issue such written clarifications or interpretations of the Contract Documents (in the form of Drawings or otherwise) as may be determined necessary, or as reasonably requested by CONTRACTOR, which shall be consistent with or reasonably inferable from the overall intent of the Contract Documents. If CONTRACTOR believes that a written clarification and interpretation entitles it to an increase in the Contract Price and /or Contract Time, CONTRACTOR may make a claim as provided for in Articles 11 or 12. 9.5. PROFESSIONAL may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and are consistent with the overall intent of the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on OWNER and also on CONTRACTOR who shall perform the Work involved promptly. If CONTRACTOR believes that a Field Order justifies an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 11 or 12. Rejecting Defective Work: 9.6. PROFESSIONAL will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which PROFESSIONAL believes to be defective and will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work as provided in paragraph 13.9, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments: 9.7. In connection with PROFESSIONAL's responsibility for Shop Drawings and samples, see paragraphs 6.23 through 6.29 inclusive. 9.8. In connection with PROFESSIONAL's responsibilities as to Change Orders, see Articles 10, 11 and 12. Determinations for Unit Prices: 9.10. PROFESSIONAL will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR. PROFESSIONAL will review with CONTRACTOR PROFESSIONAL's preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written decision thereon (by recommendation of an Application for Payment or otherwise). PROFESSIONAL's written decisions thereon will be final and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR, unless, within ten days after the date of any such decision, either OWNER or CONTRACTOR delivers to the other party to the Agreement and to PROFESSIONAL written notice of intention to appeal from such a decision. 9.9. In connection with PROFESSIONAL's responsibilities in respect of Applications for Payment, etc., see Article 14. Decisions on Disputes: Rev sion Date August 2001 9.11. PROFESSIONAL will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the Work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other matters relating to the acceptability of the Work or the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the Work and claims under Articles 11 and 12 in respect of changes to the Contract Price or Contract Time will be referred initially to PROFESSIONAL in writing with a request for a formal decision in accordance with this paragraph, which PROFESSIONAL will render in writing within a reasonable time. Written notice of each such claim, dispute and other matter will be delivered by the claimant to PROFESSIONAL and the other party to the Agreement promptly (but in no event later than thirty days after the occurrence of the event giving rise thereto) and written supporting data will be submitted to PROFESSIONAL and the other party within sixty days after such occurrence unless PROFESSIONAL allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim. 9.12. When functioning as interpreter and judge under paragraphs 9.10 and 9.11, PROFESSIONAL will not show partiality to OWNER or CONTRACTOR and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by PROFESSIONAL pursuant to paragraphs 9.10 and 9.11 with respect to any such claim, dispute or other matter (except any which have been waived by the making or acceptance of final payment as provided in paragraph 14.16) will be a condition precedent to any exercise by OWNER or CONTRACTOR of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise GC -27 Revision Date August 2001 have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such claim, dispute or other matter. Limitations on PROFESSIONAL's Responsibilities: 9.13. Neither PROFESSIONAL's authority to act under this Article or elsewhere in the Contract Documents nor any decision made in good faith to exercise such authority shall give rise to any duty or responsibility of PROFESSIONAL to CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any of their agents or employees. 9.14. PROFESSIONAL shall not be responsible for the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures or the safety precautions and programs used. PROFESSIONAL shall not be responsible for CONTRACTOR's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.15. PROFESSIONAL shall not be responsible for the acts or omissions of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractors, any agents or employees, or any other persons performing any of the Work. ARTICLE 10 -- CHANGES IN THE WORK Revision Date August 2001 10.1. Without invalidating the Contract, OWNER may at any time or from time to time order additions, deletions, or revisions in the Work. The OWNER shall provide CONTRACTOR with a proposal request, identifying the Work to be added, deleted or revised. Upon receipt, CONTRACTOR shall promptly submit a written proposal for the changed work prepared in accordance with Articles 11 and 12. If the proposal request calls only for the deletion of Work, the OWNER may order the partial suspension of any Work related to the proposed deletion, in which case CONTRACTOR must cease performance as directed; CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to claim lost profits on deleted work. All changed Work shall be executed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents. 10.2. Additional Work performed by CONTRACTOR without authorization of a Change Order will not entitle CONTRACTOR to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, except in the case of an emergency as provided in Article 6. The effect of this paragraph shall remain paramount and shall prevail irrespective of any conflicting provisions contained in these Contract Documents. 10.3. Upon agreement as to changes in the Work to be performed, Work performed in an emergency as provided in Article 6, and any other claim of CONTRACTOR for a change in the Contract Time or the Contract Price, PROFESSIONAL will prepare a written Change Order to be signed by PROFESSIONAL and CONTRACTOR and submitted to OWNER for approval. 10.4. In the absence of an agreement as provided in 10.3, OWNER may, at its sole discretion, issue a Work Change Directive to CONTRACTOR. Pricing of the Work Change Directive will be in accordance with Section 11.3. The Work Change Directive will specify a price, and if applicable a time extension, determined to be reasonable by OWNER. If CONTRACTOR fails to sign such Work Change Directive, CONTRACTOR may submit a claim in accordance with Articles 11 and 12, but CONTRACTOR shall nevertheless be obligated to fully perform the work as directed by the Work Change Directive. 10.5. CONTRACTOR shall proceed diligently with performance of the Work as directed by OWNER, regardless of pending claim actions, unless otherwise agreed to in writing. 10.6. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Time) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be CONTRACTOR's responsibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly. ARTICLE 11- CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE Revision Date August 2001 11.1. The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation (subject to written authorized adjustments) payable to CONTRACTOR for performing the Work. All duties, responsibilities and obligations assigned to or undertaken by CONTRACTOR shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense without change in the Contract Price. 11.2. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any claim for an increase or decrease in the Contract Price shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to PROFESSIONAL promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the amount of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty days after such occurrence (unless PROFESSIONAL allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim) and shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the amount claimed covers all known amounts (direct, indirect and consequential) to which the claimant is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract Price shall be determined by PROFESSIONAL in accordance with paragraph 9.11 if OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree on the amount involved. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this paragraph 11.2. 11.3. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined by the following procedures: 11.3.1. Designated Unit Price (Field Measure). CONTRACTOR and OWNER recognize and acknowledge that the quantities shown for those items designated in the Bid Proposal as unit price items are approximations prepared by OWNER for bid purposes and that the actual compensation payable to CONTRACTOR for the utilization of such items is based upon the application of unit prices to the actual quantities of items involved as measured in the field and required to complete the Work as originally defined in the Contract Documents. 11.3.2. When it is determined by OWNER that an addition, deletion, or revision to the Work, as defined in these Contract Documents, is required and affects the quantities required for items designed in the Bid Proposal as unit price items, CONTRACTOR and OWNER agree that the compensation payable to CONTRACTOR for such unit price items shall be adjusted accordingly by a Change Order based upon the application of the appropriate unit prices shown in the Bid Proposal to the quantity of the unit price item required to complete the Work as defined in the Contract Documents. 11.3.3. Other Unit Prices. For items not designated in the bid proposal as unit prices, OWNER and CONTRACTOR may establish unit prices as agreed on by Change Order. 11.3.4. Lump Sum. When it is determined by OWNER that an addition, deletion or revision to the Work is required which results in a change in Work designated in the Bid Proposal as a lump sum item, the amount of increase or decrease in the lump sum price shall be established by mutual agreement of the parties. 11.3.5. If the pricing methods specified in 11.3 are inapplicable, or if the parties are unable to agree on a price for the changed work, a reasonable price for the same shall be established by OWNER in accordance with 11.4 and 11.5. OWNER shall then process a unilateral Change Order, specifying the said reasonable price, in accordance with 11.4 through 11.6. CONTRACTOR shall perform the Work as directed in the Change Order. GC -30 Revision Date August 2001 11.3.6. Failure on the part of CONTRACTOR to construct any item to plan or authorized dimensions within the specification tolerances shall result in: reconstruction to acceptable tolerances at no additional costs to OWNER; acceptance at no pay; or acceptance at reduced final pay quantity or reduced unit price, all at the discretion of OWNER. Determinations of aggregate monetary change for items identified as lump sum quantities shall be made by OWNER based upon an analysis of the scope of CONTRACTOR's failure to construct to plan or authorized dimensions. Cost of the Work: 11.4. The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs necessarily incurred and paid by CONTRACTOR in the proper performance of the Work. Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by OWNER, such costs shall be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall include only the following items and shall not include any of the costs itemized in paragraph 11.5: 11.4.1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of CONTRACTOR in the performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by OWNER and CONTRACTOR. Payroll costs for employees not employed full time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall include, but not be limited to, salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits which shall include social security contributions, unemployment, excise and payroll taxes; workers' or workmen's compensation, health and retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave, vacation and holiday pay applicable thereto. Such employees shall include superintendents and foremen at the site. The expenses of performing Work after regular working hours, on Saturday, Sunday or legal holidays, shall be included in the above to the extent authorized by OWNER. 11.4.2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers' field services required in connection therewith. All cash discounts shall accrue to CONTRACTOR unless OWNER deposits funds with CONTRACTOR with which to make payments, in which case the cash discounts shall accrue to OWNER. Trade discounts, rebates and refunds and all returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment shall accrue to OWNER, and CONTRACTOR shall make provisions so that they may be obtained. 11.4.3. Payments made by CONTRACTOR to the Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. If required by OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall obtain competitive bids from Subcontractors acceptable to CONTRACTOR and shall deliver such bids to OWNER who then determines, with the advice of PROFESSIONAL, which bids will be accepted. If a subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work Plus a Fee, the Subcontractor's Cost of the Work shall be determined in the same manner as CONTRACTOR's Cost of the Work. All subcontracts shall be subject to the other provisions of the Contract Documents insofar as applicable. 11.4.4. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to engineers, architects, testing laboratories, surveyors, attorneys and accountants) employed for services specifically related to the Work. 11.4.5. Supplemental costs including the following: 11.4.5.1. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel and subsistence expenses of CONTRAC- TOR's employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work. 11.4.5.2. Cost, including transportation and maintenance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office and temporary facilities at the site and hand tools not owned by the workers, which are consumed in the performance of the Work, and cost less market value of such items used but not GC -31 consumed which remain the property of CONTRACTOR. Revision Date August 2001 11.4.5.3. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery and the parts thereof whether rented from CONTRACTOR or others in accordance with rental agreements approved by OWNER with the advice of PROFESSIONAL, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, installation, dismantling and removal thereof -all in accordance with terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equipment, machinery or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work. 11.4.5.4. Sales, consumer, use or similar taxes related to the Work, and for which CONTRACTOR is liable, imposed by Laws and Regulations. 11.4.5.5. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses. 11.4.5.6. Losses and damages (and related expenses), not compensated by insurance or otherwise, to the Work or otherwise sustained by CONTRACTOR in connection with the performance and furnishing of the Work (except losses and damages within the deductible amounts of property insurance established by OWNER in accordance with paragraph 5.6) provided they have resulted from causes other than the negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such losses shall include settlements made with the written consent and approval of OWNER. No such losses, damages and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining CONTRACTOR's Fee. If, however, any such loss or damage requires reconstruction and CONTRACTOR is placed in charge thereof, CONTRACTOR shall be paid for services a fee proportionate to that stated in paragraph 11:6.2. 11.4.5.7. The cost of utilities, fuel and sanitary facilities at the site. 11.4.5.8. Minor expenses such as telegrams, long distance telephone calls, telephone service at the site, expressage and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work. 11.4.5.9. Cost of premiums for additional Bonds and insurance required because of changes in the Work and premiums of property insurance coverage within the limits of the deductible amounts established by OWNER in accordance with paragraph 5.6. 11.5. The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of the following: 11.5.1. Payroll costs and other compensation of CONTRACTOR's officers, executives, principals (of partnership and sole proprietorships), general managers, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expeditors, timekeepers, clerks and other personnel employed by CONTRACTOR whether at the site or in CONTRACTOR's principal or a branch office for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in paragraph 11.4.1 or specifically covered by paragraph 11.4.4 -all of which are to be considered administrative costs covered by CONTRACTOR's Fee. 11.5.2. Expenses of CONTRACTOR's principal area branch offices other than CONTRACTOR's office at the site. 11.5.3. Any part of CONTRACTOR's capital expenses, including interest on CONTRACTOR'S capital used for the Change Order Work and charges against CONTRACTOR for delinquent payments. GC -32 CONTRACTOR's Fee: Revision Date August 2001 11.5.4. Cost of premiums for all Bonds and for all insurance whether or not CONTRACTOR is required by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain the same (except for the cost of premiums covered by subparagraph 11.4.5.9 above). 11.5.5. Costs due to the negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly, employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not limited to, the correction of defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied and making good any damage to property. 11.5.6. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and expressly included in paragraph 11.4. 11.6. CONTR■CTOR's Fee allowed to CONTRACTOR for overhead and profit shall be determined as follows: 11.6.1. a mutually acceptable fixed fee, or if none can be agreed upon; 11.6.2. a fee based on, the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work 11.6.2.1. for costs incurred under paragraphs 11..4.1 and 11.4.2,: CONTRACTOR's Fee shall be fifteen percent, 11.6.2.2. for costs incurred under paragraph 11.4.3, CONTRACTOR's Fee shall five percent; and if a subcontract is on the basis of Cost of the Work Plus a Fee, the maximum allowable to CONTRACTOR on account of overhead and profit of all Subcontractors shall be fifteen percent, 11.3, 11.6.2.3. no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under paragraphs 11.4.4, 11.4.5 and 11.6.2.4. the amount of credit to be allowed by CONTRACTOR to OWNER for any such change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease plus a deduction in CONTRACTOR's Fee by an amount equal to ten percent of the net decrease, and 11.6.2.5. when both additions and credits are involved in any one change, the adjustment in CON- TRACTOR's Fee shall be computed on the basis of the net change in accordance with paragraphs 11.6.2.1 through 11.6.2.4, inclusive. 11.7. For all changes, CONTRACTOR shall submit an itemized cost breakdown, together with supporting data in such detail and form as prescribed by the Project Manager. When a credit is due, the amount of credit to be allowed by CONTRACTOR to OWNER for any such change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease in direct cost as determined by the Project Manager, plus the applicable reduction in overhead and profit. When both additions and credits are involved in any change, the combined overhead and profit shall be calculated on the basis of the net change, whether an increase or decrease. In any event, the minimum detail shall be an itemization of all man -hours required by discipline /trade with the unit cost per man -hour and total labor price, labor burden, equipment hours and rate GC -33 Revision Date August 2001 for each piece of equipment, material by units of measure and price per unit, other costs specifically itemized, plus the overhead and profit markup. Cash Allowances: 11.8. It is understood that CONTRACTOR has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be done by such Subcontractors or Suppliers and for such sums within the limit of the allowances as may be acceptable to PROFESSIONAL CONTRACTOR agrees that: 11.8.1. The allowances include the cost to CONTRACTOR (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the site and all applicable taxes; and 11.8.2. CONTRACTOR's costs for unloading and handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances. No demand for additional payment on account of any thereof will be valid. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by PROFESSIONAL to reflect actual amounts due CONTRACTOR on account of Work covered by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. Unit Price Work: 11.9.1. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the established unit prices for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR will be made by PROFESSIONAL in accordance with Paragraph 9.10. 11.9.2. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by CONTRACTOR to be adequate to cover CONTRACTOR's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. 11.9.3. Where the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement and there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work and if CONTRACTOR believes that CONTRACTOR has incurred additional expense as a result thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a claim for an increase in the Contract Price in accordance with Article 11 if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase. ARTICLE 12 -- CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIME 12.1. The Contract Time may only be changed by a Change Order. Any request for an extension in the Contract Time shall be made in writing and delivered to PROFESSIONAL and OWNER within seven (7) calendar days of the occurrence first happening and resulting in the claim. Written supporting data will be submitted to PROFESSIONAL and OWNER within fifteen (15) calendar days after such occurrence unless the OWNER allows additional time. All claims submitted by CONTRACTOR for adjustments to the Contract Time must set forth in detail the reasons for and causes of the delay and clearly indicate why the subject delay was beyond CONTRACTOR's control or fault. 12.2. If CONTRACTOR is delayed at any time in the performance, progress, commencement, or completion of the Work by any act or neglect of OWNER or PROFESSIONAL, or by an employee of either, or by any separate CONTRACTOR employed by OWNER, or by changes ordered in the Work, or by labor disputes, fire, unavoidable casualties, utility conflicts which could not have been identified or foreseen by CONTRACTOR using reasonable diligence, or any causes beyond CONTRACTOR's control or fault, then the Contract Time shall be extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as OWNER may determine. CONTRACTOR shall be entitled to an extension of time for such causes only for the number of days of delay which OWNER may determine to be due solely to such causes and only to the extent such occurrences actually delay the completion of the Work and then only if CONTRACTOR shall have strictly complied with all the requirements of the Contract Documents. Provided, however, notwithstanding anything in the Contract Documents to the contrary, no interruption, interference, inefficiency, suspension or delay in the performance, progress, commencement or completion of the Work for any cause whatsoever, including those for which OWNER or PROFESSIONAL may be responsible in whole or in part, shall relieve CONTRACTOR of its duty to perform or give rise to any right to damages or additional compensation from OWNER. CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy against OWNER for interruption, interference, inefficiency, suspension or delay of any aspect of the Work shall be the right to seek an extension to the Contract Time in accordance with the procedures set forth herein. Revision Date August 2001 ARTICLE 13-- WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE; TESTS AND INSPECTIONS: CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK Warranty and Guarantee: Access to Work: Revision Date August 2001 13.1. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees to OWNER that all materials and equipment will be new unless otherwise specified and that all work will be of good quality, performed in a workmanlike manner, free from faults or defects, and in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and any inspections, tests, or approvals referred to in this Article. All unsatisfactory Work, all faulty Work and all Work not conforming to the requirements of the Contract Documents or such inspections, tests, approvals, or all applicable building, construction and safety requirements shall be considered defective. Notice of all defects shall be given to CONTRACTOR by PROFESSIONAL. All defective work, whether or not in place, may be rejected, corrected, or accepted as provided in this Article. 13.2. For the duration of the Work, PROFESSIONAL and its representatives, other designated representatives of OWNER, and authorized representatives of any regulatory agency shall at all times be given access to the Work. CONTRACTOR shall provide proper facilities for such access and observation of the Work and also for any inspection or testing by others. Tests and Inspections: 13.3. If the Contract Documents, laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of any public authority having jurisdiction require any Work to specifically be inspected, tested, or approved by someone other than CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR shall give PROFESSIONAL timely notice of readiness therefore. 13.4. The testing firm(s) (if assigned by OWNER to this Work) and all such inspections, tests, or approvals provided for by OWNER shall be identified in writing by PROFESSIONAL to CONTRACTOR. All other inspections, tests or approvals shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense including additional expenses for inspection and tests required as a result of delays by CONTRACTOR or hours worked in excess of 40 hours per week. For all required inspections, tests, and approvals on any Work prepared, performed, or assembled away from the site, CONTRACTOR will furnish PROFESSIONAL with the required Certificates of Inspection, testing, or approval. All such tests will be in accordance with the methods prescribed by the American Society for Testing and Materials or such other applicable organizations as may be required by law or the Contract Documents. Materials or Work in place that fail to pass acceptability tests shall be retested at the direction of PROFESSIONAL and at CONTRACTOR's expense. 13.5. All inspections, tests or approvals other than those required by Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction shall be performed by organizations acceptable to OWNER and CONTRACTOR (or by PROFESSIONAL if so specified). 13.6. If any Work (including the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested or approved is covered without written concurrence of PROFESSIONAL, it must, if requested by PROFESSIONAL, be uncovered for observation. Such uncovering shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense unless CONTRACTOR has given PROFESSIONAL timely notice of CONTRACTOR's intention to cover the same and PROFESSIONAL has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. 13.7. Neither observations by PROFESSIONAL or Project Manager nor inspections, tests, or GC -36 Revision Date August 2001 approvals by persons other than CONTRACTOR shall relieve CONTRACTOR of its obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Uncovering Work: 13.8. If any Work required to be inspected, tested or approved is covered prior thereto without the prior written approval of PROFESSIONAL, or if any Work is covered contrary to the request of PROFESSIONAL, the Work shall, if requested by PROFESSIONAL, be uncovered for observation, inspection, testing or approval and replaced at CONTRACTOR'S expense. 13.9. If PROFESSIONAL considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by PROFESSIONAL or inspected or tested by others, CONTRACTOR, at PROFESSIONAL's request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as PROFESSIONAL may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, CONTRACTOR shall bear all direct and consequential costs of such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory reconstruction (including but not limited to fees and charges of PROFESSIONALs, architects, attorneys and other PROFESSIONALs), and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 11. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure; observation, inspection, testing and reconstruction, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. OWNER May Stop the Work: 13.10. When Work is defective or when CONTRACTOR fails to supply sufficient skilled workmen or suitable materials or equipment or make prompt payments to Subcontractors for labor, materials, or equipment or if CONTRACTOR violates any provisions of these Contract Documents, OWNER may order CONTRACTOR to stop the Work until the cause for such order has been eliminated. However, this right of OWNER to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of OWNER to exercise this right for the benefit of CONTRACTOR or any other party. CONTRACTOR shall have no right to claim an increase in the Contract Price or Contract Time or other damages for a stop work order under this paragraph. Correction or Removal of Defective Work: 13.11. When directed by PROFESSIONAL, CONTRACTOR shall promptly, without cost to OWNER and as specified by PROFESSIONAL, either correct the defective Work whether fabricated, installed, or completed, or remove it from the site and replace it with non - defective Work. If CONTRACTOR does not correct such defective Work or remove and replace such defective Work within a reasonable time, as specified in a written notice from PROFESSIONAL, OWNER may have the deficiency corrected. All direct and indirect costs of such correction shall be paid by CONTRACTOR or deducted from payment to CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR will also bear the expense of correcting or removing and replacing all Work of others destroyed or damaged by the correction, removal, or replacement of the defective Work. One Year Correction Period: GC -37 Revision Date August 2001 13.12. If, after approval of final payment and prior to the expiration of one year after the date of substantial completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by law or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents, any Work or materials are found to be defective, incomplete, or otherwise not in accordance with the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall promptly, without cost to OWNER and in accordance with OWNER's written instructions, either correct such defective Work or if it has been rejected by OWNER, remove it from the Site and replace it with non - defective Work. If CONTRACTOR does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, OWNER may have the defective Work corrected, removed, or replaced. All direct, indirect and consequential costs of such removal and replacement (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals) will be paid by CONTRACTOR. Acceptance of Defective Work: 13.13. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, OWNER (and, prior to PROFESSIONAL's recommendation of final payment, PROFESSIONAL) prefers to accept it, OWNER may do so. CONTRACTOR shall bear all direct, indirect and consequential costs attributable to OWNER's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by PROFESSIONAL as to reasonableness and to include but not be limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals). If any such acceptance occurs prior to PROFESSIONAL's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the -` Contract Documents with respect to the Work, and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price; and if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof OWNER may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 11. If the acceptance occurs after such recommendation, an appropriate amount will be paid by CONTRACTOR to OWNER. OWNER May Correct Defective Work: 13.14. If CONTRACTOR fails within a reasonable time after written notice of PROFESSIONAL to proceed to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by PROFESSIONAL in accordance with paragraph 13.11, or if CONTRACTOR fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if CONTRACTOR falls to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, OWNER may, after seven days' written notice to CONTRACTOR, correct and remedy any such deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph, OWNER shall proceed expeditiously, to the extent necessary to complete corrective and remedial action. OWNER may exclude CONTRACTOR from all or part of the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend CONTRACTOR's services related thereto, take possession of CONTRACTOR's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which OWNER has paid CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere. CONTRACTOR shall allow OWNER, OWNER's representatives, agents and employees such access to the site as may be necessary to enable OWNER to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All direct, indirect and consequential costs of OWNER in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against CONTRACTOR in an amount approved as to reasonableness by PROFESSIONAL, and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work, and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 11. Such direct, indirect and consequential costs will include, but not be limited to, fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals, all court costs and all costs of repair and replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or replacement of CONTRACTOR's defective Work. CONTRACTOR shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Time because of any delay in performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by OWNER of GC -38 OWNER's rights and remedies hereunder. Neglected Work by CONTRACTOR Revision Date August 2001 13.15. If CONTRACTOR neglects to execute the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, including any requirements of the progress schedule, PROFESSIONAL may direct CONTRACTOR to submit a recovery plan and take specific corrective actions including, but not limited to, employing additional workmen and /or equipment, and working extended hours and additional days, all at no cost to OWNER in order to put the Work back on schedule. If CONTRACTOR fails to correct the deficiency or take appropriate corrective action, OWNER may terminate the contractor CONTRACTOR's right to proceed with that portion of Work and have the Work done by others. The cost of completion under such procedure shall be charged against CONTRACTOR. A Change Order shall be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents, including an appropriate reduction in the Contract Price. If the payments due CONTRACTOR are not sufficient to cover such amount, CONTRACTOR shall pay the difference to OWNER. 13.16. Should CONTRACTOR work overtime, weekends or holidays to regain the schedule, all costs to OWNER of associated inspection, construction management and resident engineers shall be identified to CONTRACTOR and the Contract Price reduced by a like amount via Change Order. Schedule of Values: ARTICLE 14- PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION Revision Date August 2001 14.1. The schedule of values established as provided in 2.9 will serve as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a form of application for Payment acceptable to Project Manager. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. Application for Progress Payment: 14.2. At least twenty (20) calendar days before the date established for each progress payment (but not more often than once a month), CONTRACTOR shall submit to PROFESSIONAL for review an application for Payment filled out and signed by CONTRACTOR covering the work completed as of the date of the application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the site or at another location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice or other documentation warranting that OWNER has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all liens and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance and other arrangements to protect OWN ER's interest therein, all of which will be satisfactory to OWNER. Payment is subject to a ten percent (10 %) retainage that will be held until the final payment or acceptance by OWNER. The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in the Agreement. CONTRACTOR'S Warranty of Title: 14.3. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to OWNER no later than the time of payment free and clear of all Liens. Review of Applications for Progress Payment: 14.4. PROFESSIONAL will, within ten (10) calendar days after receipt of each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing a recommendation of payment and present the application to OWNER, or return the application to CONTRACTOR indicating in writing PROFESSIONAL's reasons for refusing to recommend payment. In the latter case, CONTRACTOR may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the application. OWNER shall, within thirty -one calendar days of presentation to him of the application for payment with PROFESSIONAL's recommendation of the amount for payment, pay CONTRACTOR amount recommended. 14.5. PROFESSIONAL's recommendation of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will constitute a representation by PROFESSIONAL to OWNER, based on PROFESSIONAL's on -site observations of the Work in progress as an experienced and qualified design PROFESSIONAL and on PROF- ESSIONAL's review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that the Work has progressed to the point indicated; that, to the best of PROFESSIONAL's knowledge, information and belief, the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Substantial Completion, to the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, to a final determination of quantities and classifications for Unit Price Work under paragraph 9.10, and to any other qualifications stated in the recommendation; and that GC-40 Revision Date August 2001 CONTRACTOR is entitled to payment of the amount recommended. However, by recommending any such payment, PROFESSIONAL will not thereby be deemed to have represented that exhaustive or continuous on -site inspections have been made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work beyond the responsibilities specifically assigned to PROFESSIONAL in the Contract Documents or that there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle CONTRACTOR to be paid additionally by OWNER or OWNER to withhold payment to CONTRACTOR. 14.6. PROFESSIONAL's recommendation of final payment will constitute an additional representation by PROFESSIONAL to OWNER that the conditions precedent to CONTRACTOR's being entitled to final payment as set forth in paragraph 14.13 have been fulfilled. 14.7. PROFESSIONAL may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment if, in PROFESSIONAL's opinion, it would be incorrect to make such representations to OWNER. PROFESSIONAL may also refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or tests, nullify any such payment previously recommended, to such extent as may be necessary in PROFESSIONAL's opinion to protect OWNER from loss because: 14.7.1. the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or replacement. Substantial Completion: 14.7.2. the Contract Price has been reduced by Written Amendment or Change Order. 14.7.3. OWNER has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work in accordance with paragraph 13.14. or 14.7.4. of PROFESSIONAL's actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in paragraphs 15.2.1 through 15.2.9 inclusive. OWNER may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by PROFESSIONAL because claims have been made against OWNER on account of CONTRACTOR's performance or furnishing of the Work or Liens have been filed in connection with the Work or there are other items entitling OWNER to a off -set against the amount recommended, but OWNER must give CONTRACTOR immediate written notice (with a copy to PROFESSIONAL) stating the reasons for such action. 14.8. When CONTRACTOR considers the entire Work ready for its intended use, CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER and PROFESSIONAL in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete (except for items specifically listed by CONTRACTOR as incomplete) and request that PROFESSIONAL issue a certificate of Substantial Completion. Within a reasonable time thereafter, OWNER, CONTRACTOR and PROFESSIONAL shall make an inspection of the Work to determine the status of completion. If PROFESSIONAL does not consider the Work substantially complete, PROFESSIONAL will notify CONTRACTOR in writing giving the reasons therefor. If PROFESSIONAL considers the Work substantially complete, PROFESSIONAL will prepare and deliver to OWNER a tentative certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion. There shall be attached to the certificate a tentative list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment. OWNER shall have seven days after receipt of the tentative certificate during which to make written objection to PROFESSIONAL as to any provisions of the certificate or attached list. If, after considering such objections, PROFESSIONAL concludes that the Work is not substantially complete, PROFESSIONAL will, within fourteen days after submission of the GC -41 Partial Utilization: Revision Date August 2001 tentative certificate to OWNER notify CONTRACTOR in writing stating the reasons therefor. lf, after consideration of OWNER's, objections, PROFESSIONAL considers the Work substantially complete, PROFESSIONAL will within said fourteen days execute and deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a definitive certificate of Substantial Completion (with a revised tentative list of items to be completed or corrected) reflecting such changes from the tentative certificate as PROFESSIONAL believes justified after consideration of any objections from OWNER. At the time of delivery of the tentative certificate of Substantial Completion, PROFESSIONAL will deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a written recommendation as to division of responsibilities pending final payment between OWNER and CONTRACTOR with respect to security, operation, safety, maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance and warranties. Unless OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree otherwise in writing and so inform PROFESSIONAL prior to PROFESSIONAL's issuing the definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, PROFESSIONAL's aforesaid recommendation will be binding on OWNER and CONTRACTOR until final payment. 14.9. OWNER shall have the right to exclude CONTRACTOR from the Work after the date of Substantial Completion, but OWNER shall allow CONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct items on the tentative list. 14.10. Use by OWNER at OWN ER's option of any substantially completed part of the Work which (i) has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or (ii) OWNER, PROFESSIONAL, and CONTRACTOR agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by OWNER for its intended purpose without significant interference with CONTRACTOR's performance of the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work subject to the following: 14.10.1. OWNER at any time may request CONTRACTOR in writing to permit OWNER to use any such part of the Work which OWNER believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If CONTRACTOR agrees, CONTRACTOR will certify to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL that said part of the Work is substantially complete and request PROFESSIONAL to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. CONTRACTOR at any time may notify OWNER and PROFESSIONAL in writing that CONTRACTOR considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request PROFESSIONAL to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such request, OWNER, CONTRACTOR and PROFESSIONAL shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If PROFESSIONAL does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, PROFESSIONAL will notify OWNER and CONTRACTOR, in writing, giving the reasons therefor. If PROFESSIONAL considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of paragraphs 14.8 and 14.9 will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. 14.10.2. OWNER may at any time request CONTRACTOR, in writing, to permit OWNER to take over operation of any such part of the Work although it is not substantially complete. A copy of such request will be sent to PROFESSIONAL and, within a reasonable time thereafter, OWNER, CONTRACTOR and PROFESSIONAL shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion, and PROFESSIONAL will prepare a list of the items remaining to be completed or corrected thereon before final payment. If CONTRACTOR does not object in writing to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL that such part of the Work is not ready for separate operation by OWNER, PROFESSIONAL will finalize the list of items to be completed or corrected and will deliver such list to OWNER and CONTRACTOR together with a written recommendation as to the division of responsibilities pending final payment between OWNER and GC -42 CONTRACTOR with respect to security, operation, safety, maintenance, utilities, insurance, warranties and guarantees for that part of the Work which will become binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR at the time when OWNER takes over such operation (unless they shall have otherwise agreed in writing and so informed PROFESSIONAL). During such operation and prior to Substantial Completion of such part of the Work, OWNER shall allow CONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct items on said list and to complete other related Work. 14.10.3. No occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work will be accomplished prior to compliance with the requirements of paragraph 5.15 in respect of property insurance. 14.10.4. OWNER, may at its discretion, reduce the amount of retainage subject to Beneficial Occupancy. Final Inspection: GC -43 Revision Date August 2001 14.11. Upon written notice from CONTRACTOR that the entire Work or an agreed upon portion thereof is complete, PROFESSIONAL will make a final inspection with OWNER and CONTRACTOR and will notify CONTRACTOR in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. CONTRACTOR shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to remedy such defi- ciencies. Final Application for Payment: 14.12. After CONTRACTOR has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of PROFESSIONAL and OWNER and delivered in accordance with the Contract Documents all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance required by 5.2, certificates of inspection, marked -up record documents and other documents, CONTRACTOR may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (i) all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required, (ii) consent of the surety, if any, to final payment, and (iii) complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to OWNER) of all liens arising out of or filed in connection with the Work. In lieu of such releases or waivers of liens and as approved by OWNER, CONTRACTOR may furnish receipts or release in full and an affidavit of CONTRACTOR that (i) the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material and equipment for which a lien could be filed, and (ii) all payrolls, material and equipment bills and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which OWNER or OWNER's property might in any way be responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full, CONTRACTOR may furnish a bond or other collateral satisfactory to OWNER to indemnify OWNER against any lien. 14.12.1. No application for final payment will be accepted by OWNER until approved as -built documents by CONTRACTOR are accepted and approved by PROFESSIONAL. 14.12.2. Notwithstanding any other provision of these contract documents to the contrary, OWNER and PROFESSIONAL are under no duty or obligation whatsoever to any vendor, materials provider, Subcontractor, laborer or other party to ensure that payments due and owing by CONTRACTOR to any of them are or will be made. Such parties shall rely only on CONTRACTOR's surety bonds for remedy of nonpayment by him. CONTRACTOR agrees to defend and resolve all claims made by Subcontractors, indemnifying OWNER and PROFESSIONAL for all claims arising from or resulting from Subcontractor or supplier or material men or laborer services in connection with this project. 14.12.3. General Indemnity: CONTRACTOR shall indemnify OWNER and PROFESSIONAL for any damages sustained, including lost profits, resulting from CONTRACTOR's failure or refusal to perform the work required by these contract documents. Final Payment and Acceptance: CONTRACTOR's Continuing Obligation: Revision Date August 2001 14.13. If, on the basis of PROFESSIONAL's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection and PROFESSIONAL's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation as required by the Contract Documents, PROFESSIONAL is satisfied that the Work has been completed and CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, PROFESSIONAL will, within ten (10) working days after receipt of the final Application for Payment, indicate in writing PROFESSIONAL's recommendation of payment and present the Application to OWNER for payment. At the same time PROFESSIONAL will also give written notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of 14.6. Otherwise, PROFESSIONAL will return the application to CONTRACTOR, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case CONTRACTOR shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. After the presentation to OWNER of the application and accompanying documentation, in appropriate form and substance and with PROFESSIONAL's recommendation and notice of acceptability, the amount recommended by PROFESSIONAL will become due and will be paid by OWNER to CONTRACTOR. 14.14. If, through no fault of CONTRACTOR, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed and if PROFESSIONAL so confirms, OWNER shall, upon receipt of CONTRACTOR's final Application for Payment and recommendation of PROFESSIONAL and without terminating the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by OWNER for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Contract and if bonds have been furnished as required in Article 5, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by CONTRACTOR to PROFESSIONAL with the application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims. 14.15. CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. Neither recommendation of any progress or final payment by PROFESSIONAL, nor the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion, nor any payment by OWNER to CONTRACTOR under the Contract Documents, nor any use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by OWNER, nor any act of acceptance by OWNER nor any failure to do so, nor any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or sample submission, nor the issuance of a notice of acceptability by PROFESSIONAL pursuant to paragraph 14.13, nor any correction of defective Work by OWNER will constitute an acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of GC-44 Revision Date August 2001 CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (except as provided in paragraph 14.16). Waiver of Claims: 14.16. The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: 14.16.1. A waiver of all claims by OWNER against CONTRACTOR, except claims arising from unsettled liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection pursuant to 14.11, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or from CONTRACTOR's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and 14.16.2. A waiver of all claims by CONTRACTOR against OWNER other than those previously made in writing and still unsettled. OWNER May Suspend Work: ARTICLE 15 -- SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 15.1. OWNER may, at any time and without cause, suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety days by notice in writing to CONTRACTOR and PROFESSIONAL which will fix the date on which. Work will be resumed. CONTRACTOR shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, or both, directly attributable to any suspension if CONTRACTOR makes an approved claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. Termination For Cause: 15.2. Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events: Revision Date August 2001 15.2. 1. if CONTRACTOR commences a voluntary case under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code (Title 11, United States Code), as now or hereafter in effect, or if CONTRACTOR takes any equivalent or similar action by filing a petition or otherwise under any other federal or state law in effect at such time relating to the bankruptcy or insolvency; 15.2.2. if a petition is filed against CONTRACTOR under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code as now or hereafter in effect at the time of filing, or if a petition is filed seeking any such equivalent or similar relief against CONTRACTOR under any other federal or state law in effect at the time relating to bankruptcy or insolvency; 15.2.3. if CONTRACTOR makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; 15.2.4. if a trustee, receiver, custodian or agent of CONTRACTOR is appointed under applicable law or under contract, whose appointment or authority to take charge of property of CONTRACTOR is for the purpose of enforcing a Lien against such property or for the purpose of general administration of such property for the benefit of CONTRACTOR's creditors; 15.2.5. if CONTRACTOR admits in writing an inability to pay its debts generally, as they become due; 15.2.6. if CONTRACTOR fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the progress schedule established under paragraph 2.9 as revised from time to time); 15.2.7. if CONTRACTOR disregards Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; 15.2.8. if CONTRACTOR disregards the authority of PROFESSIONAL; or 15.2.9. if CONTRACTOR otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract Documents, OWNER may, after giving CONTRACTOR (and the surety, if there be one) seven days' written notice and to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of CONTRACTOR, exclude CONTRACTOR from the site and take possession of the Work and of all CONTRACTOR's tools, appliances, GC-46 construction equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to the full extent they could be used by CONTRACTOR (without liability to CONTRACTOR for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which OWNER has paid CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as OWNER may deem expedient. In such case CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds the direct, indirect and consequential costs of completing the Work (including but not limited to fees and charges of PROFESSIONALs, architects, attorneys and other PROFESSIONALs and court and arbitration costs) such excess will be paid to CONTRACTOR. If such costs exceed such unpaid balance, CONTRACTOR shall pay the difference to OWNER. Such costs incurred by OWNER will be approved as to reasonableness by PROFESSIONAL and incorporated in a Change Order, but when exercising any rights or remedies under this paragraph, OWNER shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. 15.3. In the event OWNER terminates the contract for cause and it is subsequently judicially determined that there was no cause for termination, the termination for convenience provision will be the means for disposition of the balance of the contract obligations. Termination for Convenience Revision Date August 2001 15.4. Upon seven working days' written notice to CONTRACTOR and PROFESSIONAL, OWNER may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of OWNER, elect to terminate the Contract. In such case, CONTRACTOR shall be paid (without duplication of any items): 15.4.1. For completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; 15.4.2. For expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; 15.4.3. For all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, suppliers and others; and 15.4.4. For reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. CONTRACTOR shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. 15.5. Where CONTRACTOR's services have been so terminated by OWNER, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of OWNER against CONTRACTOR then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due CONTRACTOR by OWNER will not release CONTRACTOR from liability. CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate: 15.6. If through no act or fault of CONTRACTOR, the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety calendar days by OWNER or under an order of court or other public authority, or PROFESSIONAL fails to act on any Application for Payment within thirty days after it is submitted or OWNER fails for thirty -one days GC -47 to pay CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined to be due, then CONTRACTOR may upon seven working days' written notice to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL and provided OWNER or PROFESSIONAL did not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agreement and recover from OWNER payment on the same terms as provided in 15.2. In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if PROFESSIONAL has failed to act on an Application for Payment within thirty days after it is submitted or OWNER has failed for thirty -one calendar days after it is submitted to pay CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined to be due, CONTRACTOR may upon seven days' written notice to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL stop the Work until receipt of payment of all such amounts due CONTRACTOR, including interest thereon. The provisions of this paragraph are not intended to preclude CONTRACTOR from making claim under Articles 11 and 12 for an increase in Contract Price or Contract Time or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to CONTRACTOR's stopping Work as permitted by this paragraph. The provisions of this paragraph shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of the obligations under paragraph 6.30 to carry on the Work in accordance with the progress schedule and without delay during disputes and disagreements with OWNER. Revision Date August 2001 ARTICLE 16-- DISPUTE RESOLUTION 16.1. All disputes arising under this Contract or its interpretation whether involving law or fact or both, or extra work, and all claims for alleged breach of contract shall within ten (10) working days of the commencement of the dispute be presented by CONTRACTOR to OWNER for decision. All papers pertaining to claims shall be filed in quadruplicate. Such notice need not detail the amount of the claim but shall state the facts surrounding the claim in sufficient detail to identify the claim, together with its character and scope. In the meantime, CONTRACTOR shall proceed with the Work as directed. Any claim not presented within the time limit specified in this paragraph shall be deemed to have been waived, except that if the claim is of a continuing character and notice of the claim is not given within ten (10) working days of its commencement, the claim will be considered only for a period commencing ten (10) working days prior to the receipt by OWNER of notice thereof. Each decision by OWNER will be in writing and will be mailed to CONTRACTOR by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, directed to his last known address. 16.2 All claims, disputes and other matters in question between OWNER and CONTRACTOR arising out of, or relating to, the Contract Documents or the breach thereof shall be decided under Georgia Law in the Superior Court of Richmond County, Georgia. CONTRACTOR by execution of the Contract consents to jurisdiction and venue in the Superior Court of Richmond County, Georgia, and waives any right to contest same. GC-49 Revision Date August 2001 Giving Notice: 17.1. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. Computation of Time: 17.2.1. When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day will be omitted from the computation. 17.2.2. A calendar day of twenty -four hours measured from midnight to the next midnight shall constitute a day. General: ARTICLE 17- MISCELLANEOUS Revision Date August 2001 17.3. Should OWNER or CONTRACTOR suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error, omission or act of the other party or of any of the other party's employees or agents or others for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim should be made in writing to the other party within a reasonable time of the first observance of such injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph 17.3 shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or repose. 17.4. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto, and, in particular but without limitation, the warranties, guarantees and obligations imposed upon CONTRACTOR by paragraphs 6.32, 13.1, 13.12, 13.14, 14.3 and 15.2 and all of the rights and remedies available to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL thereunder, are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or Regulations, by special warranty or guarantee or by other provisions of the Contract Documents, and the provisions of this paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right and remedy to which they apply. All representations, warranties and guarantees made in the Contract Documents will survive final payment and termination or completion of the Agreement. 17.5. CONTRACTOR shall keep adequate records and supporting documentation applicable to this Work and Contract. Said records and documentation shall be retained by CONTRACTOR for a minimum of five (5) years from the date of final completion or termination of this Contract. OWNER shall have the right to audit, inspect, and copy all such records and documentation as often as OWNER deems necessary during the period of the Contract and for a period of five (5) years thereafter provided, however, such activity shall be conducted only during normal business hours. OWNER, during this period of time, shall also have the right to obtain a copy of and otherwise inspect any audit made at the direction of CONTRACTOR as concerns the aforesaid records and supporting documentation. 17.6. The Contract Documents are intended by the Parties to, and do, supersede any and all GC -50 Substitutions: Revision Date August 2001 provisions of the Georgia Prompt Pay Act, O.C.G.A. Section 13 -11 -1, et seq. In the event any provision of the Contract Documents are inconsistent with any provision of the Prompt Pay Act, this provision of the Contract Documents shall control. 17.7. Notwithstanding any provision of the law to the contrary, the parties agree that no interest shall be due Contractor on any sum held as retainage pursuant to the Contract Documents and CONTRACTOR specifically waives any claim to same. 17.8. Notwithstanding any provision of these general conditions, there shall be no substitutions of materials that are not determined to be equivalent to those indicated or required in the contract documents without an amendment to the contract. Sanitary Sewer Overflow Prevention: 17.9. Procedures to Prevent Overflows During Sanitary Sewer Construction: 17.9.1 The CONTRACTOR is hereby notified that the discharge of any untreated wastewater to waters of the State is a violation of Georgia Water Quality Regulations and is prohibited. 17.9.2 The CONTRACTOR will submit an Emergency Response Plan prior to beginning work. This plan will include a list of key personnel with 24 -hour contact information who will respond during an emergency situation. The ERP will include estimates of mobilization time for a response crew to arrive onsite. Any changes to the Emergency Response Plan will be submitted to the RESIDENT PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE prior to implementation. 17.9.3 In the event bypass pumping is required to facilitate new sewer construction, bypassing plans and supporting calculations must be submitted to the Augusta Utilities Department for review prior to establishment of the bypass. All bypass systems will include complete redundancy in pumping systems, if failure of the primary pumping system could result in a discharge of untreated wastewater to waters of the State. 17.9.4 Bypass pumping will be monitored continuously by a person knowledgeable in pump operation and maintenance if the failure of the bypass pump could result in the discharge of untreated wastewater to waters of the State. 17.9.5 In the event of a discharge of untreated wastewater, the CONTRACTOR will take the following actions: 1. Take immediate steps to eliminate or minimize the discharge of untreated wastewater. 2. Immediately notify the Utilities Department dispatcher (706.796.5000) and the RESIDENT PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE (contact information will be provided at the preconstruction conference). 3. Maintain a chronicle of relevant information regarding the incident including specific actions taken by the CONTRACTOR and estimates of the discharge volume. 17.9.6 The RESIDENT PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE will coordinate notification of the Georgia Environmental Protection Division (800.241.4113) and the Augusta Emergency Management Agency if appropriate. GC -51 PROGRAM MANAGER: Revision Date August 2001 17.9.7 If, in the opinion of the RESIDENT PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE and the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR is not responding to an emergency situation in an appropriate manner, the Utilities Department will undertake necessary actions to abate an overflow situation. The cost of these actions will be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. 17.9.8 Following a discharge of untreated wastewater, a downstream inspection will be conducted by the Utilities Department to assess potential mitigation measures that may be required of the CONTRACTOR. 17.10 The PROGRAM MANAGER for the project is CH2M HILL, 360 Bay Street, Suite 100 Augusta, GA 30901. The presence or duties of PROGRAM MANAGER's personnel at the construction site, whether as onsite representatives or otherwise, do not make PROGRAM MANAGER or PROGRAM MANAGER's personnel in any way responsible for those duties that belong to OWNER and / or the CONTRACTOR or other entities, and do not relieve the CONTRACTOR or any other entity of their obligations, duties, and responsibilities, including, but not limited to, all construction methods, means, techniques, sequences, and procedures necessary for coordinating and completing all portions of the construction work in accordance with the construction Contract Documents and any health and safety precautions required by such construction work. PROGRAM MANAGER and PROGRAM MANAGER's personnel have no authority to exercise any control over any construction contractor or other entity or their employees in connection with their work or any health or safety precautions and have no duty of inspecting, noting, observing, correcting, or reporting on health or safety deficiencies of the CONTRACTOR(s) or other entity or any other persons at the site except PROGRAM MANAGER's own personnel. The presence of PROGRAM MANAGER's personnel at the construction site is for the purpose of providing to OWNER a greater degree of confidence that the completed construction work will conform generally to the construction documents and that the integrity of the design concept as reflected in the construction documents has been implemented and preserved by the construction contractor(s). PROGRAM MANAGER neither guarantees the performance of the construction contractor(s) nor assumes responsibility for construction contractor's failure to perform work in accordance with the construction documents. For this AGREEMENT only, construction sites include places of manufacture for materials incorporated into the construction work, and construction contractors include manufacturers of materials incorporated into the construction work ' SECTION SC -0 INDEX TO SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS SECTION 1 SC -01 Scope of the Work SC -02 List of Drawings SC -03 Bonds SC -04 Contractor's Liability Insurance SC -05 Project Sign SC -06 Protection of the Environment SC -07 Temporary Toilets SC -08 Plans and Specifications Furnished SC -09 Record Drawings SC -10 Shop Drawings Sc -11 Existing Structures SC -12 Salvage Material SC -13 Referenced Specifications SC -14 Traffic Control SC -15 Surveys SC -16 Construction Order and Schedule SC -17 Consulting Engineers SC -18 Inspection and Testing of Work SC -19 Site Access SC -20 Tree Save SC -21 Georgia Prompt Pay Act SC -22 City Acceptance SC -23 Disputes SC -24 Specified Materials SC -25 Interest Not Earned on Retainage SC -26 Basis of Payment SC -27 Compliance with Laws, Codes, Regulations, Etc. SC -28 Equivalent Materials SC -29 After Hours Inspection SC -30 Supplement to the Agreement SC -I. -01. SCOPE OF THE WORK: The project referred to in the Agreement shall consist of the following major elements or portion thereof as outlined in each contract. The construction and installation of water mains with appurtenances, sanitary sewer lines with appurtenances and property restoration. - 02. LIST OF DRAWINGS: The following drawings, prepared by The Augusta Utilities Department comprise the plans for the project. SHEET NO. TITLE IIIA CS.1 IIIA C1.1 IIIA C2.1 IIIA C3.1 IIIA C3.2 - 03. BONDS: The Contractor will include in the lump sum payment for Lump Sum Construction the cost of his performance and payment bonds. - 04. CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE: Insurance shall be written with limits of liability shown below or as required by law, whichever is greater: Commercial General Liability (per occurrence) Each Occurrence $ 1,000,000 General Aggregate $ 2,000,000 Products $ 2,000,000 Personal & Adv Injury $ 1,000,000 Fire Damage $ 500,000 Automobile Liability (any auto) Combined Single Limit $ 1,000,000 Excess Liability (any auto) Each Occurrence $ 5,000,000 Workers Compensation Statutory Limits Employer Liability $ 1,000,000 -05. PROJECT SIGN: SECTION SC SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Cover Sheet General Notes, Symbols, Abbreviations & Legend Plan & Profile MH JS -47 to MH JS -49 Miscellaneous Details Miscellaneous Details The Contractor will provide and install two (2) project signs at prominent locations on the construction site as directed by the Engineer. The signs will carry in a prominent manner the names of the project, the Owner, and the names of the Contractor and the Engineer and a 24 -hour phone number for the Contractor in 4 -inch letters. The sign shall be constructed and erected on wood posts in a substantial manner 8 -feet above the ground. The full size stencil shall be approved along with colors before fabrication. The Contractor shall include the cost of the project signs in his Lump Sum Construction bid item. SC -2 DATE ORIGINAL REVISED REVISED 02/01/11 02/01/11 02/01/11 02/01/11 02/01/11 -06. PROTECTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT: The Contractor will carefully schedule his work so that a minimum amount of the exposed earth will be subject to erosion by rainfall or wind, and he will provide means satisfactory to the Engineer to minimize the transportation of silt and other deleterious material from the project area onto adjacent properties or into adjacent water courses. All chemicals used during project construction or furnished for project operation, whether herbicide, pesticide, disinfectant, polymer, reactant or of other classification, must show approval of either EPA or USDA. Use of all such chemicals and disposal of residues shall be in conformance with printed instructions. -07. TEMPORARY TOILETS: Contractor shall provide temporary toilet facilities on the site for workmen employed in the construction work. Toilets shall be adequate for the number of men employed and shall be maintained in a clean and sanitary condition. Workmen shall be required to use only these toilets. At completion of the work, toilets used by Contractor shall be removed and premises left in the condition required by the Contract. - 08. PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS FURNISHED: The Contractor will be furnished, free of charge, by the Owner up to five (5) sets of direct black line prints together with a like number of complete bound specifications for construction purposes. Additional sets of plans and/or specifications will be furnished to the Contractor at the cost of reproduction upon his written request. - 09. RECORD DRAWINGS: The Contractor will maintain in his office one complete set of drawings (including any supplemental sketches) pertaining to the project upon which, at the end of each day's work any deviations from the construction lines shown thereon and all changes ordered by the Engineer will be shown accurately in red pencil. If necessary, supplemental drawings will be made to show details of deviations or changes, and these will be kept with the marked set. The drawings will be available to the Engineer for inspection during construction and at the completion of construction. Prior to submitting his estimate for final payment, as -built drawings are to be prepared and submitted by the contractor to the engineer. As -built drawings shall include tap locations and manholes located to a minimum of two separate surface features. - 010. SHOP DRAWINGS: The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for his review shop drawings, cuts, diagrams, bar lists, steel details and other descriptive data on every item, where shown on the drawings or specified herein. The Contractor shall check all submittals and so indicate on each copy thereof. Five copies of such shop drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer before ordering of the material. Submittals which have not been checked by the Contractor will not be reviewed by the Engineer. Reviews by the Engineer of submittals will cover only general conformity with the project requirements, while responsibility for detailed conformity shall remain with the Contractor. The Contractor will be notified by mail of the results of the submittal reviews within ten (10) days of the receipt by the Engineer thereof. SC -3 - 011. EXISTING STRUCTURES: Where sidewalks, street signs, private signs, walls, sidewalks, fences, pipelines, etc. are removed in accomplishing the work, each and every item will be replaced in the same or better manner or condition than that in which it was before construction began. The Contractor will protect and hold harmless the Owner from any suit, action, or dispute whatever arising from the Contractor's work adjacent to private property. - 012. SALVAGE MATERIAL: All existing installations to be removed, including but not limited to masonry and concrete rubble, asphalt, pipe, etc. will be disposed of at an approved location by the Contractor. - 013. REFERENCED SPECIFICATIONS: Where specifications or standards of trade organizations and other groups are referenced in these specifications, they are made as much a part of these specifications as if the entire standard or specification were reprinted herein. The inclusion of the latest edition or revision of the referenced specification or standard is intended. - 014. TRAFFIC CONTROL: Traffic control shall conform to the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) of the Federal Highway Administration, latest edition. The Contractor shall give prior written notification to and shall obtain the approval of the Augusta Fire Department, Police Department, Emergency Medical Services, and the Augusta Traffic Engineering Department of any street closures. - 015. SURVEYS: The Engineer has established base lines for locating the principal component parts of the work, together with a suitable number of bench marks adjacent to the work. From the information thus provided, the Contractor shall develop and make all detail surveys needed for SC -4 construction lines and elevations. The Contractor shall employ only Registered Land Surveyors or Registered Professional Engineer to perform all detail surveys. The Contractor will diligently preserve and maintain the position of all stakes, reference points and bench marks after they are set and, in case of willful or careless destruction, he shall be charged with the resulting expense and shall be responsible for any mistakes that may be caused by their unnecessary loss or disturbance. - 016. CONSTRUCTION ORDER AND SCHEDULE: A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the detailed order, schedule, and methods of construction activities within the general guidelines specified for maintenance and protection of highway and pedestrian, traffic; utility lines; drainage ways; adjacent properties; and as otherwise specified. B. After notice to proceed and prior to the first payment on the contract the Contractor shall submit the following for review: SC -4 (1) Breakdown of contract price into units of cost for each item required to complete the total work; this breakdown will be the basis for judging the percentage complete at any time. (2) A statement of the order of procedure to be followed that will result in the required protection and completion of the work within the overall contract time. (3) A bar chart showing the percentage of each item schedules against time and so scheduled that Contractor's order of construction is clearly shown. C. With each request for payment the Contractor shall submit two copies of the bar chart clearly marked to show the work completed at the date of the payment requested. D. Progress Schedule Requirements (1) Bar Chart Schedule: Prepare on maximum 11 inch by 17 inch sheet size for each separate stage of Work as specified and shown, to include at least: (a) Identification and listing in chronological order of those activities reasonably required to complete work, including, but not limited to, subcontract work, major equipment design, factory testing and startup activities, project close out and cleanup and specified work sequences, constraints, and milestones, including Substantial Completion date(s). Listings to be identified by Specification section number. (b) Identify: (i) horizontal time frame by year, month, and week, (ii) duration, early- start, and completion of each activity and sub - activity and (iii) critical activities and Project float. (c) Provide sub - schedules to further define critical portions of the work. (d) Monthly schedule submissions: show overall percent complete, projected and actual, and completion progress by listed activity and sub - activity. (e) Identify the critical path on the schedule. (2) General: (a) Schedule(s) shall reflect work logic sequences, restraints, delivery windows, review times, contract times and milestones set forth in the Agreement, and shall begin with the date of Notice to Proceed and conclude with the date of Final Completion. (b) The schedule requirement herein is the minimum required. Contractor may prepare a more sophisticated schedule if such work will aid Contractor in execution and timely completion of work. (c) Base schedule on standard 5 -day work week. (d) When bar chart or network analysis schedules are specified, use Primavera Project Planner, latest version, SureTrak latest version or a compatible and approved software. (e) Adjust or confirm schedules on a monthly basis as follows: Contractor shall submit to Engineer for acceptance proposed adjustments in the progress schedule that will not change the contract times (or milestones). Such adjustments will conform generally to the progress schedule then if effect and additionally will comply with any provisions of the General Requirements applicable thereto. Proposed adjustments in the progress scheduled that will change the contract times (or milestones) may only be a Change Order. SC -5 -017. CONSULTING ENGINEERS: Use of float suppression techniques such as preferential sequencing or logic, special lead/lag logic restraints, and extended activity times are prohibited, and use of float time disclosed or implied by use of alternate float - suppression techniques shall be shared to proportionate benefits to Owner and Contractor. Pursuant to above float - sharing requirement, no time extensions will be granted nor delay damages paid until a delay occurs which (i) impacts project's critical path, (ii) extends work beyond contract completion date. The Owner has engaged consulting engineers to assist the Director of Utilities, defined herein as the Engineer, by preparing plans and specifications for the work and by providing certain services during the bidding and construction phases of the project. The consulting engineer, are authorized to represent the Director of Utilities within the limits of the various duties delegated and assigned to the firm by the Director. Nevertheless the Director of Utilities remains the final authority hereunder and is the "Engineer" as used throughout the Contract Documents. The Program Manager for the project is CH2M Hill, 360 Bay Street, Suite 100, Augusta, Georgia 30901. The Program Manager's representative on the site will serve as the Resident Project Representative (RPR) for the project. The presence or duties of Program Manager's personnel at the construction site, whether. 'as ° onsite representatives or otherwise, do not make Program Manager or Program Manager's personnel in any way responsible for those duties that belong to Owner and/or the Contractor or other entities, and do not relieve the Contractor or any other entity of their obligations, duties, and responsibilities, including, but not limited to, all construction methods, means, techniques, sequences, and procedures necessary for coordinating and completing all portions of the construction work in accordance with the construction Contract Documents and any health and safety precautions required by such construction work. Program Manager and Program Manager's personnel have no authority to exercise any control over any construction contractor or other entity or their employees in connection with their work or any health or safety precautions and have no duty of inspecting, noting, observing, correcting, or reporting on health or safety deficiencies of the Contractor(s) or other entity or any other persons at the site except Program Manager's own personnel. The presence of Program Manager's personnel at the construction site is for the purpose of providing to Owner a greater degree of confidence that the completed construction work will conform generally to the construction documents and that the integrity of the design concept as reflected in the construction documents has been implemented and preserved by the construction contractor(s). Program Manager neither guarantees the performance of the construction contractor(s) nor assumes responsibility for construction contractor's failure to perform work in accordance with the construction documents. For this Agreement only, construction sites include places of manufacture for materials incorporated into the construction work, and construction contractors include manufacturers or materials incorporated into the construction work. - 018. INSPECTION AND TESTING OF WORK: The Owner shall provide sufficient competent engineering personnel for the technical observation and testing of the work. SC -6 The Engineer and his representatives shall at all times have access to the work whenever it is in preparation or progress, and the Contractor shall provide proper facilities for such access, and for inspections. Inspectors shall have the power to stop work on account of a workman's incompetency, drunkenness, or willful negligence or disregard of orders. An inspector may stop the work entirely if there is not a sufficient quantity of suitable and approved materials or equipment on the ground to carry it out properly or for any good and sufficient cause. Inspectors may not accept on behalf of the Owner any material or workmanship which does not conform fully to the requirements of the contract and they shall give no orders or directions under any possible circumstances not in accordance with the Specifications. The Contractor shall furnish the inspector with all required assistance to facilitate thorough inspection or the culling over or removal of defective materials or for any other purpose requiring discharge of their duties for which service no additional allowance shall be made. The inspector shall, at all times, have full permission to take samples of the materials that mayor may not be used in the work. Any inspection provided by the Engineers is for the purpose of determining compliance with provisions of the contract specifications and is in no way a guarantee of the methods or appliances use by the Contractor, nor for the safety of the job. If the specifications, the Engineer's instructions, laws, ordinances, or any public authority require any work to be specially tested or approved, the Contractor shall give the Engineer timely notice o f its readiness for inspection, and if the inspection is by an authority other than the Engineer, of the date fixed for such inspection. Inspections by the Engineer shall be made promptly, and where practicable at the source of supply. If any work should be covered up without review or consent of the Engineer, it must, if required by the Engineer, be uncovered for examination and properly restored at the Contractor's expense. Re- examination of any work may be ordered by the Engineer, and, if so ordered, the work must be uncovered by the Contractor. If such work is found to be in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner shall pay the cost of re- examination and replacement. If such work is not in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall pay such cost. The Owner will employ a qualified materials testing laboratory, hereinafter referred to as the Laboratory, to monitor more fully on the Owner's behalf the quality of materials and work, and to perform such tests as may be required under the Contract Documents as conditions for acceptance of materials and work. The Laboratory will be solely responsible to and paid separately by the Owner. The timing of the work of the Laboratory will be coordinated by the Engineer through his duly authorized inspector. The Owner will bear the cost of testing a particular material or area of the work once. Where retesting is required following corrective measures or under other circumstances, the Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for the cost of additional testing. - 019. SITE ACCESS: In order to minimize damage to existing paving and landscaping, access to the site for the contractor's personnel and equipment will be restricted to the routes designated by the Owner. The contractor will be required to use on those routes unless written approval is given by the owner. - 020. TREE SAVE: SC -7 Prior to beginning grading operations, the Contractor is to notify the Owner and the Engineer so that those trees which are to be saved can be marked in the field. Once these trees are marked, the Contractor shall take every precaution, including tree protection fence, to save these trees. -021. GEORGIA PROMPT PAY ACT: This Agreement is intended by the Parties to, and does, supersede any and all provisions of the Georgia Prompt Pay Act, O.C.G.A. Section 13 -11 -1, et seq. In the event any provision of this Agreement is inconsistent with any provision of the Prompt Pay Act, the provision of this Agreement shall control. - 022. CITY ACCEPTANCE: Notwithstanding any other obligations of the Contractor, he shall complete the work to the full satisfaction of the Augusta Utilities Department and the Engineer. This provision shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities for guarantees. -023. DISPUTES: All claims, disputes and other matters in question between the Owner and the Contractor arising out of or relating to the Agreement, or the breach thereof, shall be decided in the Superior Court of Richmond County Georgia. The Contractor, by executing this Agreement, specifically consents to venue in Richmond County and waives any right to contest the venue in the Superior Court of Richmond County, Georgia. - 024. SPECIFIED MATERIALS: Attention is drawn to the specification of certain brands or manufacturers of construction materials on the drawings. Unless the phrase "or equal" appears in the specification thereon, no substitution or deviation from the product specified will be allowed. Notwithstanding any provision of the general conditions, there shall be no substitution of materials that are not determined to be equivalent to those indicated or required in the contract documents without an amendment to the contract. - 025. INTEREST NOT EARNED ON RETAINAGE: Notwithstanding any provision of the law to the contrary, the parties agree that no interest shall be due to the Contractor on any sum held as retainage pursuant to this Agreement and Contractor specifically waives any claim to same. -026. BASIS OF PAYMENT: As explained in the section "Instructions to Bidders" and paragraphs 11.91, 11.92 and 11.93 of the General Conditions, payment for all items of construction will be made at the total of the actual number of units installed at the unit prices stated in the Bid Schedule to the Proposal. Partial payments will be made based on the actual number of units of work completed during the month and in -place at the unit prices stated in the Bid Schedule. SC -8 -027. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS, CODES, REGULATIONS, ETC.: Supplementing the provision of the GENERAL CONDITIONS, the successful bidder awarded this contract by signing the contract acknowledges the following, however, this is not to be construed as all inclusive or being these only: 1. Underground Gas Pipe Law: The Contractor signing the contract acknowledges that he is fully aware of the contents and requirements of "Georgia Laws 1969, Pages 50 and the following, and any amendments and regulations pursuant thereto ", and the Contractor shall comply therewith. 2. High Voltage Act: The Contractor by signing the contract acknowledges that he is fully aware of the contents and requirements of "Act No. 525, Georgia law 1960, and any amendments thereto, and Rules and Regulations of the commissioner of Labor pursuant thereto" (the preceding requirements within quotation marks being hereinafter referred to as the "high voltage act "), and the Contractor shall comply therewith. The signing of Contract shall also confirm on behalf of the Contractor that he: A. has visited the premises and has taken into consideration the location of all electrical power lines on and adjacent to all areas onto which the contract documents require to permit the Contract either to work, to store materials, or to stage operations, and B. that the Contractor has obtained from the Owner of the aforesaid electric power lines advice in writing as to the amount of voltage carried by the aforesaid lines. The Contractor agrees that he is the "person or persons responsible for the work to be done" as referred to in the high voltage act and that accordingly the Contractor is solely "responsible for the completion of the safety measures which are required by Section 3 of the high voltage act before proceeding with any work." The Contractor agrees that prior to the completion of precautionary measures required by the high voltage act he will neither bring nor permit the bringing of any equipment onto the site (or onto any area or areas onto which the contract documents require or permit the Contractor to work, to store materials, or to stage operations) with which it is possible to come within eight feet of any high voltage line or lines pursuant to operations arising out of performance of the Contract. The foregoing provisions apply to power lines located (a) on the site and (b) on any area or areas onto which the contract documents require or permit the Contractor either to work, to store materials, or to stage operations, or (c) within working distance for equipment or materials, being used on (a) and (b) above. These provisions of the Contract do not limit or reduce the duty of the Contractor otherwise owed to the Owner, to other parties, or to both. The Contractor agrees that the foregoing provisions supplement provisions of the General Conditions. The Contractor agrees and acknowledges that any failure on his part to adhere to the high voltage act shall not only be a violation of law but shall also be a breach of contract and specific violation of the provisions of the General Conditions which pertains to safety precautions. 3. Occupational Safety & Health Act: The Contractor by signing the contract acknowledges that he is fully aware of the provisions of the Williams- Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 and he shall comply therewith. SC -9 -028. EQUIVALENT MATERIALS: Notwithstanding any provision of the general conditions, there shall be no substitution of materials that are not determined to be equivalent to those indicated or required in the contract documents without an amendment to the contract. -029. AFTER HOURS INSPECTION: If the Contractor opts to work before or after normal working hours, 8 a.m. to 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, or on Augusta, Georgia Legal Holidays, then the Contractor must pay for the cost of inspection by the City of Augusta, Georgia and follow all necessary procedures listed in "Section 15, Right -of -way Encroachment Guidelines, Part E, Outside of Normal Working Hours," of the Augusta- Richmond County Planning Commission Development Documents dated September, 1999, or latest version. If inspectors of Augusta- Richmond County are needed to work outside normal business hours, Augusta - Richmond County needs to be notified in advance. - SC - 30. SUPPLEMENT TO THE AGREEMENT a) Defective pricing To the extent that the pricing provided by CONTRACTOR is erroneous and defective, the parties may, by agreement, correct pricing errors to reflect the intent of the parties. b) Specified excuses for delay or non - performance CONTRACTOR is not responsible for delay in performance caused by hurricanes, tornadoes, floods, and other severe and unexpected acts of nature. In any such event, the contract price and schedule shall be equitably adjusted. c) Termination of the contract for default Failure of the CONTRACTOR, which has not been remedied or waived, to perform or otherwise comply with a material condition of the Agreement shall constitute default. Augusta, Georgia may terminate this contract is part or in whole upon written notice to the CONTRACTOR pursuant to this term. d) Prohibition against contingent fees There shall be no contingent fees allowed under this contract. e) An acknowledgement by all parties contracting with Augusta, Georgia as follows: "Contractor acknowledges that this contract and any changes to it by amendment, modification, change order or other similar document may have required or may require the legislative authorization of the Board of Commissioners and approval of the Mayor. Under Georgia law, Contractor is deemed to possess knowledge concerning Augusta, Georgia's ability to assume contractual obligations and the consequences of Contractor's provision of goods or services to Augusta, Georgia under an unauthorized contract, amendment, modification, change order or other similar document, including the possibility that the Contractor may be precluded from recovering payment for such unauthorized goods or services. SC -10 Accordingly, Contractor agrees that if it provides goods or services to Augusta, Georgia under a contract that has not received proper legislative authorization or if the Contractor provides goods or services to Augusta, Georgia in excess of the any contractually authorized goods or services, as required by Augusta, Georgia's Charter and Code, Augusta, Georgia may withhold payment for any unauthorized goods or services provided by Contractor. Contractor assumes all risk of non- payment for the provision of any unauthorized goods or services to Augusta, Georgia, and it waives all claims to payment or to other remedies for the provision of any unauthorized goods or services to Augusta, Georgia, however characterized, including, without limitation, all remedies at law or equity." This acknowledgement shall be a mandatory provision in all Augusta, Georgia contracts for goods and services, except revenue producing contracts f) Use of Augusta, Georgia Landfill. All contracts for contractors performing demolition and/or construction projects for Augusta, Georgia shall contain a provision requiring that all debris, trash and rubble from the project be transported to and disposed of at the Augusta, Georgia Solid Waste Landfill in accordance with local and state regulations. The contractor shall provide evidence of proper disposal through manifests, which shall include the types of material disposed of, the name and location of the disposal facility, date of disposal and all related fees g) Federal Work Authorization Program All contractors and subcontractors entering into contracts with Augusta, Georgia for the physical performance of services shall be required to execute an Affidavit verifying its compliance with O.C.G.A. § 13- 10 -91, stating affirmatively that the individual, firm, or corporation which is contracting with Augusta, Georgia has registered with and is participating in a federal work authorization program. All contractors and subcontractors must provide their E -Verify number and must be in compliance with the electronic verification of work authorized programs operated by the United States Department of Homeland Security or any equivalent federal work authorization program operated by the United States Department of Homeland Security to verify information of newly hired employees, pursuant to the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 (IRCA), P.L. 99 -603, in accordance with the applicability provisions and deadlines established in O.C.G.A. § 13 -10 -91 and shall continue to use the federal authorization program throughout the contract term. All contractors shall further agree that, should it employ or contract with any subcontractor(s) in connection with the physical performance of services pursuant to its contract with Augusta, Georgia the contractor will secure from such subcontractor(s) each subcontractor's E- Verify number as evidence of verification of compliance with O.C.G.A. § 13 -10 -91 on the subcontractor affidavit provided in Rule 300- 10- 01 -.08 or a substantially similar form. All contractors shall further agree to maintain records of such compliance and provide a copy of each such verification to Augusta, Georgia at the time the subcontractor(s) is retained to perform such physical services h) Owner Inspections All contracts shall provide that Augusta, Georgia may, at reasonable times, inspect the part of the plant, place of business, or work site of a contractor or subcontractor or subunit thereof which is pertinent to the performance of any contract awarded or to be awarded by Augusta, Georgia SC -11 Local Small Business: In accordance with Chapter 10B of the AUGUSTA, GA. CODE, Contractor expressly agrees to collect and maintain all records necessary to for Augusta, Georgia to evaluate the effectiveness of its Local Small Business Opportunity Program and to make such records available to Augusta, Georgia. The requirements of the Local Small Business Opportunity Program can be found at www.augustaga.gov. In accordance with AUGUSTA, GA. CODE § 1- 10- 129(d) (7), for all contracts where a local small business goal has been established, the contractor is required to provide local small business utilization reports. Contractor shall report to Augusta, Georgia the total dollars paid to each local small business on each contract, and shall provide such payment affidavits, regarding payment to subcontractors as may be requested by Augusta, Georgia. Such documents shall be in the format specified by the Director of minority and small business opportunities, and shall be submitted at such times as required by Augusta, Georgia. Failure to provide such reports within the time period specified by Augusta, Georgia shall entitle Augusta, Georgia to exercise any of the remedies set forth, including but not limited to, withholding payment from the contractor and/or collecting liquidated damages. SPECIAL CONDITIONS SPC -1. Work Schedule: Work on Sundays is not permitted. Work may occur between 7 a.m. and 7 p.m. Monday through Friday. Work outside of these specified hours on weekdays and on Saturday may occur with at least 48 hours notice to and with approval from the Augusta Utilities Dept. and within the constraints set forth in the following paragraph 3.2, "Noise Restrictions ". The additional cost of Augusta Utility Dept. inspection time to the Contractor for work performed outside the 7 a.m. to 7 p.m. weekday time period shall be based on 50% of the approved time times $80.00 per hour. No separate payment shall be made for this cost other than within the Lump Sum Price. SPC -2. Noise Restrictions: See appended Noise Provisions of the Code (2 pages). SPC -3. Demolition and Salvage Activities at Existing Lift Station: The Contractor shall provide at least two weeks notice prior to commencing work at the existing lift station. After the Contractor's pump by- passing system is placed in operation and before demolition work is started, the Contractor shall dissem- ble all existing mechanical, electrical and instrumentation materials indicated to be removed including the existing duplex pump system with accessories - base elbow, rails, float switches, probes, control panel and provide a 72 -hour period within which AUD will be given the opportunity to pick up any such mate- rials. Any materials left after this pick -up period shall become the responsibility of the Contractor to re- move and legally dispose of offsite. 1 SPECIAL CONDITIONS APPENDIX 1. Noise provisions of Code (2 Pages) Noise Provisions of the Code (2 Pages): § 3 -6 -1. REGULATED. It shall be unlawful for any person to make, continue or cause to be made or continued or permit to be made, continued or caused any loud, unnecessary or unusual noise or any noise which either annoys, disturbs, injures or endangers the comfort, repose, health, peace or safety of others in Augusta- Richmond County. § 3 -6 -2. PROHIBITED NOISES ENUMERATED. The following acts are declared to be loud, disturbing and unnecessary noises in violation of this chapter, but this enumeration shall not be deemed to be exclusive: (a) Horns, signaling devices. The sounding of any horn or signaling device on any automobile, motorcycle or other vehicle on any street or public place in Augusta- Richmond County except as a danger warning; the creation of any unreasonable loud or harsh sound by means of any signaling device and the sounding of any device for any unnecessary and unreasonable period of time; the use of any signaling device except one operated by hand or electricity; the use of any horn, whistle or other device operated by engine exhaust and the use of any signaling device when traffic is for any reason held up. (b) Radios, phonographs, similar devices. The using, operating or permitting to be played, used or operated of any radio receiving set, musical instrument, phonograph or other machine or device for the producing or reproducing of sound in a manner as to disturb the peace, quiet and comfort of the neighboring inhabitants or at any time with a volume louder than necessary for the convenient hearing of the person who is in the room vehicle or chamber, in which the machine or device is operated, and who is a voluntary listener thereto. The operation of any set, instrument, phonograph, machine or device between the hours of 11:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. in a manner as to be plainly audible at a distance of fifty (50) feet from the building, structure or vehicle in which it is located shall be a prima facie evidence of a violation of this section. (c) Loudspeakers, amplifiers for advertising. The using, operating or permitting to be played, used or operated, of any radio receiving set, musical instrument, phonograph, loudspeaker, sound amplifier or other machine or device for the producing or reproducing of sound which is cast upon the public streets for the purpose of commercial advertising or attracting the attention of the public to any building or structure. Announcements over loudspeakers can only be made by the announcer in person and without the aid of any mechanical device. (d) Yelling, shouting, etc. Yelling, shouting, hooting, whistling or singing on the public streets, particularly between the hours of 11:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. or at any time or place so as to annoy or disturb the quiet, comfort or repose of persons in any office, dwelling, hotel or other type of residence, or of any persons in the vicinity. (e) Animals, birds. The keeping of any animal or bird which, by causing frequent or long- continued noise, shall disturb the comfort or repose of any persons in the vicinity. (f) Steam whistles. The blowing of any steam whistle attached to any stationary boiler except to give notice of the time to begin or stop work or as a warning of fire or danger or upon request of proper county authorities. (g) Exhausts. The discharge into the open air of the exhaust of any steam engine, stationary internal- combustion engine or motorboat except through a muffler or other device which will effectively prevent loud or explosive noises therefrom. (h) Defect in vehicle or load. The use of any automobile, motorcycle or vehicle so out of repair, so loaded or in a manner as to create loud and unnecessary grating, grinding, rattling or other noise. (i) Loading, unloading, opening boxes. The creation of a loud and excessive noise in connection with loading or unloading any vehicle or the opening and destruction of bales, boxes, crates and containers. (j) Construction or repair of buildings. The erection (including excavation), demolition, alteration or repair of any building, as well as the operation of any pile driver, steam shovel, pneumatic hammer, derrick, steam or electric hoist, or any other similar equipment attended by loud or unusual noise, other than between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 10:00 p.m. on weekdays; however, the inspections and permits department shall have the authority, upon 1 determining that the loss or inconvenience which would result to any party in interest would be extraordinary and of such nature as to warrant special consideration, to grant a permit for a period not to exceed ten (10) days within which time such work and operation may take place within the hours of 10:00 p.m. to 7:00 a.m. (k) Schools, courts, places of worship, hospitals. The creation of any excessive noise on any street adjacent to any school, institution of learning, place of worship or court while in use, or adjacent to any hospital which unreasonably interferes with the normal operation of that institution, or which disturbs or unduly annoys patients in the hospital, provided that conspicuous signs are displayed in those streets indicating a school, hospital or court street. (1) Hawkers, peddlers, vendors. The shouting and crying of peddlers, hawkers and vendors which disturb the peace and quiet of the neighborhood. (m) Noise to attract attention. The use of any drum or other instrument or device for the purpose of attracting attention by creation of noise to any performance, show or sale. (n) Transportation of metal rails or similar materials. The transportation of rails, pillars or columns of iron, steel or other material over and along streets and other public places so as to cause loud noises or as to disturb the peace and quiet of those streets or other public places. (o) Blowers. The operation of any noise - creating blower or power fan or any internal- combustion engine, the operation of which causes noise due to the explosion of operating gases or fluids, unless the noise from the blower or fan is muffled and the engine is equipped with a muffler device sufficient to deaden the noise. (p) Sound trucks. The use of mechanical loudspeakers or amplifiers on trucks or other moving or standing vehicles for advertising or other commercial purposes. The use of sound trucks for noncommercial purposes during hours and in places and with volume as would constitute this use as a public nuisance; provided, that the provisions of this section shall not apply to or be enforced against: (1) Any vehicle of Augusta- Richmond County while engaged in necessary public business; (2) Excavations or repairs of streets by or on behalf of Augusta- Richmond County or the state at night when the public welfare and convenience renders it impossible to perform such work during the day; or (3) The reasonable use of amplifiers or loudspeakers in the course of public addresses which are noncommercial in character. § 3 -6 -3. HOSPITAL ZONES. There shall be within Augusta - Richmond County what shall be known as hospital zones around such hospitals or sanitariums as may be in existence or that may be established. Within these zones, no unnecessary noises of any kind shall be allowed. These zones shall extend two hundred fifty (250) yards in every direction from any such hospital or sanitarium. The approaches to said zones shall have necessary signs in such localities as to enable everyone to see them. Persons violating this section shall be punished as provided in § 1 -6 -1 of this Code. § 3 -6 -4. PENALTY FOR VIOLATION OF CHAPTER. Any person or persons failing to comply with the lawful provisions of this chapter or any act prohibited by this chapter or failing to do any act mandated by this chapter shall be guilty of an offense, and upon trial as a misdemeanor and conviction, shall be punished by a fine in an amount not to exceed one thousand dollars ($1000.00) and/or imprisonment in the county jail for a period not to End of Applicable Portion of Noise Regulation 2 Date: March 23, 2012 Re: Blair Construction, Inc. 9725 Dunbarton Drive Columbia, SC 29223 TEL: 803/788 -4597 FAX: 803/788 -4576 Cell: 803/261 -6582 Email: buckleigh(d),bellsouth.net Job: Jamestown Sewer Extension - Phase 3A Richmond County, GA This letter gives authorization to Augusta- Richmond County Commission to sign and date the bonds and power of attorney in the absence of the surety. Upon signing, please send a copy of the signed and dated bonds and power of attorney back to me. Best Regards (Buc&Leigh File: Undated Bonds PERFORMANCE BOND Conforms with The American Institute of Architects A.I.A. document No. A -311 KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: that Blair Construction, Inc., PO Box 770, Evans, Georgia 30809 (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Contractor) as Principal, hereinafter called Contractor, and, Western Surety Company, CNA Plaza, Chicago, Illinois 60685 (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Surety) as Surety, hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto Augusta Richmond County Commission, 530 Greene Street, Room 605, Augusta, Georgia 30911 (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Owner) as Obligee, hereinafter called Owner, in the amount of One Hundred Two Thousand One Hundred and 84/100 Dollars ($ 102,100.84 •)• for the payment whereof Contractor and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, Contractor has by written agreement dated with Owner for Jamestown Sewer Extension - Phase 3A , 2012 , entered into a contract Bond No. 586 86549 (Here insert full name, address and description of project) in accordance with Drawings and Specifications prepared by (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Architect) which contract is by reference made a part hereof, and is hereinafter referred to as the Contract. S- 1219 /GEEF 10/99 Page 1 of 2 PERFORMANCE BOND 586 86549 I NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that, if Contractor shall promptly and faithfully perform said Contract, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. The Surety hereby waives notice of any alteration or extension of time made by the Owner. Whenever Contractor shall be, and declared by Owner to be in default under the Contract, the Owner having performed Owner's obligations thereunder, the Surety may promptly remedy I the default, or shall promptly 1) Complete the Contract in accordance with its terms and conditions, or 2) Obtain a bid or bids for completing the Contract in accordance with its terms and conditions, and upon determination by Surety of I the lowest responsible bidder, or, if the Owner elects, upon determination by the Owner and the Surety jointly of the lowest responsible bidder, arrange for a contract between such bidder and I Owner, and make available as Work progresses (even though there should be a default or a succession of defaults under the Signed and sealed this Z3 day of 7/2/ (Witness) (Witness) { I S- 1219 /GEEF 10/99 Page 2 of 2 contract or contracts of completion arranged under this paragraph) sufficient funds to pay the cost of completion less the balance of the contract price; but not exceeding, including other costs and damages for which the Surety may be liable hereunder, the amount set forth in the first paragraph hereof. The term "balance of the contract price," as used in this paragraph, shall mean the total amount payable by Owner to Contractor under the Contract and any amendments thereto, less the amount properly paid by Owner to Contractor. Any suit under this bond must be instituted before the expiration of two (2) years from the date on which fmal payment under the Contract falls due. No right of action shall accrue on this bond to or for the use of any person or corporation other than the Owner named herein or the heirs, executors, administrators or successors of the Owner. Blair Construction, Inc., PO Box 770, Evans, Georgia 30809 , 2012 .-- 7 ":" 3"c° 5 t`de° - �yC 1 Western Surety Company, CNA Plaza, Chicago, Illinois 60685 � aC1/ L C ?/ Buck Leigh, Attorney -Fact (Seal) (Principal) (Title) (Seal) (Surety) (Title) LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND Conforms with The American Institute of Architects A.I.A. Document No. A -311 THIS BOND IS ISSUED SIMULTANEOUSLY WITH PERFORMANCE BOND IN FAVOR OF THE OWNER CONDITIONED ON THE FULL AND FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE OF THE CONTRACT KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: that Blair Construcion, Inc., PO Box 770, Evans Georgia 30809 (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Contractor) as Principal, hereinafter called Principal, and, Western Surety Company, CNA Plaza, Chicago, Illinois 60685 (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Surety) as Surety, hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto Augusta Richmond County Commission, 530 Greene Street, Room 605, Augusta, Georgia 30911 (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Owner) as Obligee, hereinafter called Owner, for the use and benefit of claimants as hereinbelow defined, in the amount of One Hundred Two Thousand One Hundred and 84/100 Dollars ($ 102,100.84 )• for the payment whereof Principal and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, Principal has by written agreement dated with Owner for Jamestown Sewer Extention - Phase 3A (Here insert full name, address and description of project) in accordance with Drawings and Specifications prepared by (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Architect) which contract is by reference made a part hereof, and is hereinafter referred to as the Contract. Bond No. 586 86549 , 2012 , entered into a contract I S- 1220 /GEEF 10/99 Page 1 of 2 NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that, if Principal shall promptly make payment to all claimants as hereinafter defined, for all labor and material used or reasonably required for use in the performance of the Contract, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect, subject, however, to the following conditions: 1. A claimant is defined as one having a direct contract with the Principal or with a Subcontractor of the Principal for labor, material, or both, used or reasonably required for use in the performance of the Contract, labor and material being construed to include that part of water, gas, power, light, heat, oil, gasoline, telephone service or rental of equipment directly applicable to the Contract. 2. The above named Principal and Surety hereby jointly and severally agree with the Owner that every claimant as herein defined, who has not been paid in full before the expiration of a period of ninety (90) days after the date on which the last of such claimant's work or labor was done or performed, or materials were furnished by such claimant, may sue on this bond for the use of such claimant, prosecute the suit to final judgment for such sum or sums as may be justly due claimant, and have execution thereon. The Owner shall not be liable for the payment of any costs or expenses of any such suit. 3. No suit or action shall be commenced hereunder by any claimant: a) Unless claimant, other than one having a direct contract with the Principal, shall have given written notice to any two of the following: the Principal, the Owner, or the Surety above named, within ninety (90) days after such claimant did or performed the last of the work or labor, or furnished the last of the materials for which said claim is made, stating with substantial accuracy the amount claimed and the name of the party to whom the materials Signed and sealed this S- 1220 /GEEF 10/99 LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND — day of /mo /CI - 7 (Witness) (Witness) { { Page 2 of 2 were furnished, or for whom the work or labor was done or performed. Such notice shall be served by mailing the same by registered mail or certified mail, postage prepaid, in an envelope addressed to the Principal, Owner or Surety, at any place where an office is regularly maintained for the transaction of business, or served in any manner in which legal process may be served in the state in which the aforesaid project is located, save that such service need not be made by a public officer. b) After the expiration of one (1) year following the date on which Principal ceased Work on said Contract, it being understood, however, that if any limitation embodied in this bond is prohibited by any law controlling the construction hereof such limitation shall be deemed to be amended so as to be equal to the minimum period of limitation permitted by such law. c) Other than in a state court of competent jurisdiction in and for the county or other political subdivision of the state in which the Project, or any part thereof, is situated, or in the United States District Court for the district in which the Project, or any part thereof, is situated, and not elsewhere. 4. The amount of this bond shall be reduced by and to the extent of any payment or payments made in good faith hereunder, inclusive of the payment by Surety of mechanics' liens which may be filed of record against said improvement, whether or not claim for the amount of such lien be presented under and against this bond. , 2012 Blair Construcion, Inc., PO Box 770, Evans Georgia 30809 (Seal) (Principal) L0:16 c. �Y•4 / 4Oy SFr 4 (Title) Western Surety Company, CNA Plaza, Chicago, Illinois 60685 (Seal) (Surety) uck Leigh, .Attorney -in- t (Title) 586 86549 Western Surety Company POWER OF ATTORNEY APPOINTING INDIVIDUAL ATTORNEY -IN -FACT Know All Men 13y These Presents, That WESTERN SURETY COMPANY, a South Dakota corporation, is a duly organized and existing corporation having its principal office in the City of Sioux Falls, and State of South Dakota, and that it does by virtue of the signature and seal herein affixed hereby make, constitute and appoint Buck Leigh, Individually of Columbia, SC, its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in -Fact with full power and authority hereby conferred to sign, seal and execute for and on its behalf bonds, undertakings and other obligatory instruments of similar nature - In Unlirnited Amounts - and to bind it thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such instalments were signed by a duly authorized officer of the corporation and all the acts of said Attorney, pursuant to the authority herehy given. are hereby ratified and confirmed. This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the By -Law printed on the reverse hereof, duly adopted, as indicated, by the .shareholders of the corporation. hi Witness Whereof, WESTERN SURETY COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed by its Senior Vice President and its corporate seal to be hereto affixed on this 23rd day of June, 2011. State of South Dakota County of Minnehaha My commission expires Form F4280 -09 -0( } SS ++,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,+ s D. KRELL s November 30, 2012 s S � NOTARY PURLIC EA9 s r SOUTH DAKOTAr + + CERTIFICATE WESTERN SURETY COMPANY Paul Brrflat, Senior Vice President On this 23rd day of June, 2011, before me personally came Paul T. Bruflat, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say: that he resides in the City of Sioux Falls. State of South Dakota; that he is the Senior Vice President of WESTERN SURETY COMPANY described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seat affixed to the said instrument is such corporate seal: that it was so affixed pursuant to authority given by the Board of Directors of said corporation and that he signed his name thereto pursuant to like authority, and acknowledges sane to be the act and deed of said corporation. D. Krell. No ary Public 1, L. Nelson, Assistant Secretary of WESTERN SURETY COMPANY do hereby certify that the Power of Attorney hercinabove set forth is still in force, and further certify that the $y -Law of the corporation printed on the reverse hereof fi is / sti11 in force. In testimony whereof I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the seal of the. said corporation this Z3 /PO day of �fZ4 G/ 2d/ WESTERN SURETY COMPANY L. Nelson, Assistant Secretary THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL INSR SUBR W V POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF (MM /DD/YYYY) POLICY EXP (MM /DD/YYYY) LIMITS A GENERAL X LIABILITY COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURED Blair Construction, Inc. Southern Asphalt, LLC Evans Paving and Grading, LLC P. O. Box 770 Evans GA 30809 INSURERB:FCCI Insurance Co. CPP0004476 7 2/14/2012 2/14/2013 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 DAMAGE TO RENTED PREMISES (Ea occurrence) $ 100, 000 MEDEXP(Anyoneperson) $ 5,000 CLAIMS -MADE OCCUR X Pollution Liability PERSONAL BADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE 7 POLICY X LIMIT APPLES PRO T IFC PER LOC PRODUCTS - COMP /OP AGG $ 2,000,000 $ A AUTOMOBILE X X LIABILITY ANY AUTO ALL OWNED AUTOS HIRED AUTOS X SCHEDULED AUTOS NON -OWNED AUTOS CA 0005458 7 2/14/2012 2/14/2013 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT (Ea accident) _$ 1,000,000 $ BODILY INJURY (Per person) BODILYINJURY(Peraccident) $ PROPERTY DAMAGE (Per accident) $ Medical payments $ 5,000 B X UMBRELLALIAB EXCESS LIAB X OCCUR CLAIMS -MADE 1.124B0002841 7 2/14/2012 2/14/2013 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 5,000,000 AGGREGATE $ 5,000,000 $ DED X RETENTION 10,00C A WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER /EXECUTIVE OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? (Mandatory in NH) If yes, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below Y / N Y N/ A 010-WC12A-54981 2/14/2012 2/14/2013 Y WC STATU- TORY LIMITS OTH- ER E.L. EACH ACCIDENT. $ 1,000,000 E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $ 1,000,000 E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ 1,000,000 C Leased and Rented Equipment IHA4999540 -03 2/14/2012 2/14/2013 $310,000 anyoneitem $500,000 policy limit DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS /VEHICLES (Attach ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, if more space is required) Project: Jamestown Sewer Extension - Phase 3A Contract Amount: $102,100.84 , � ° CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE 3/20 /201 /Y 2 Y) THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER Sutter, Mclellan, & Gilbreath, Inc. 1424 North Brown Road Suite 300 Lawrenceville GA 30043 -8107 CONTACT Linda Mitchell CIC NAME: (A/C. Fxt). (770)246-8300 (A FAX /C, No): (770)246 -8301 E-MAIL ADDRESS: lmitchell @smginsuranc INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # INsuRERA:National Trust Insurance INSURED Blair Construction, Inc. Southern Asphalt, LLC Evans Paving and Grading, LLC P. O. Box 770 Evans GA 30809 INSURERB:FCCI Insurance Co. INSURER C :Hanover Insurance Co. 22292 INSURER D : INSURER E: INSURER F: 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 COVERAGES CERTIFICATE HOLDER I ACORD 25 (2010/05) I N 5025 (201005).01 CERTIFICATE NUMBER:2012 - 2013 CANCELLATION REVISION NUMBER: Augusta GA Commission Room 605, Municipal Building Augusta, GA 30911 L SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE M Jaynes CSP /LINDAM ©1988 -2010 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The name and !ogo ar : registered marls of ACORD ( ) /NOTICE DE AWARD CONTRACTOR: ADDRESS: City moo .?.ma PROJECT: T �E'S��r� •a E- c '— 3,4 At a meeting of the you were awarded the Contract for the following Project: Enclosed please find 5 copies of the Contract Documents for your execution. Please complete the pages, affixing signatures, dates, notary and /or corporate seals, etc. where necessary and return to this office within 10 days from the date of this letter, excluding Legal Holidays. The Certificate of Insurance must be complete. Power of Attorney must be submitted in triplicate; an original and two copies is permissible. Very truly yours, Augusta Program Management Team Project Engineer Reciept of this NOTICE OF AWARD is hereby acknowledged this, the Augusta Utilities Department Attn: Program Managers 360 Bay Street, Suite 180 Augusta, GA 30901 7 ,°��s 7, :=• 72 State held on (Date) Zip Code PROJECT NO: St�Z /S 0.33. day of �r�� , 20/ Z c yam' Zorpf' (ALIA Contractor By k�i�F Title Please sign and return one copy of this Notice of Award Acknowledgement to: C GUS T4 NOTICE TO PROCEED TO: Name Attn:Firm Contact Addressl City, State 30901 PROJECT: Name You are hereby notified to commence WORK in accordance with the Agreement dated on or before , and you are to complete the WORK within consecutive calendar days thereafter. The date of completion of all WORK is therefore Very truly yours, Augusta Program Management Team Project Engineer Receipt of this NOTICE TO PROCEED is hereby acknowledged This, the day of , 2003 Contractor: By: Title: Please sign and return one copy of this Notice to Proceed Acknowledgement to: Augusta Utilities Department Attn: Program Managers 360 Bay Street, Suite 180 Augusta, GA 30901 DATE: PROJECT NO: To: (OWNER) From: (CONTRACTOR) Contract: Project: OWNER's Contract No. ENGINEER's Project No. For Work accomplished through the date of: 1. Original Contract Price: $ 2. Net change by Change Orders and Written Amendments (+ or -): $ 3. Current Contract Price (1 plus 2): $ 4. Total completed and stored to date: $ 5. Retainage (per Agreement): % of completed Work: $ % of stored material: $ Total Retainage: 6. Total completed and stored to date less retainage (4 minus 5): 7. Less previous Application for Payments: 8. DUE THIS APPLICATION (6 MINUS 7): Accompanying Documentation: CONTRACTOR'S Certification: The undersigned CONTRACTOR certifies that (1) all previous progress payments received from OWNER on account of Work done under the Contract referred to above have been applied on account to discharge CONTRACTOR's legitimate obligations incurred in connection with Work covered by prior Applications for Payment numbered 1 through inclusive; (2) title of all Work, materials and equipment incorporated in said Work or otherwise listed in or covered by this Application for Payment will pass to OWNER at time of payment free and clear of all Liens, security interests and encumbrances (except such as are covered by a Bond acceptable to OWNER indemnifying OWNER against any such Lien, security interest or encumbrance); and (3) all Work covered by this Application for Payment is in accordance with the Contract Documents and not defective. Dated APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT NO. By: State of County of Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of Notary Public My Commission expires: Payment of the above AMOUNT DUE THIS APPLICATION is recommended. Dated ENGINEER By: CONTRACTOR APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT INSTRUCTIONS A. GENERAL INFORMATION The sample form of Schedule of Values is intended as a guide only. Many projects require a more extensive form with space for numerous items, descriptions of Change Orders, identification of variable quantity adjustments, summary of materials and equipment stored at the site and other information. It is expected that a separate form will be developed by Engineer and Contractor at the time Contractor's Schedule of Values is finalized. Note also that the format for retainage must be changed if the Contract permits (or the law provides), and Contractor elects to deposit securities in lieu of retainage. Refer to Article 14 of the General Conditions for provisions concerning payments to Contractor. B. COMPLETING THE FORM The Schedule of Values, submitted and approved as provided in paragraphs 2.05.B.3 and 2.07 of the General Conditions, should be reproduced as appropriate in the space indicated on the Application for Payment form. Note that the cost of materials and equipment is often listed separately from the cost of installation. Also, note that each Unit Price is deemed to include Contractor's overhead and profit. All Change Orders affecting the Contract Price should be identified and included in the Schedule of Values as required for progress payments. The form is suitable for use in the Final Application for Payment as well as for Progress Payments; however, the required accompanying documentation is usually more extensive for final payment. All accompanying documentation should be identified in the space provided on the form. C. LEGAL REVIEW All accompanying documentation of a legal nature, such as Lien waivers, should be reviewed by an attorney, and Engineer should so advise Owner. • • • I= I= • • Ell • • • lco. D PP mi • • ITEM 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. TOTAL UNIT PRICE ESTIMATED QUANTITY SCHEDULE OF VALUES AMOUNT QUANTITY COMPLETE D AMOUNT MATERIAL STORED AMOUNT COMPLETED AND STORED Note: Total Schedule of Values Amount should equal the current Contract Price. CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER PROJECT TITLE ORIGINAL CONTRACT DATE OWNER AUGUSTA, GEORGIA PROPOSED BY: REQUESTED BY: SUBMI'1'1 BY: FINANCE ENDORSEMENT: RECOMMENDED BY: APPROVED BY: The following change is hereby made to the contract for the above project: Description of Change (for a more detailed description see attached proposal): PAYEE TOTAL AMOUNT OF THIS CHANGE ORDER $ The contract time will be INCREASED by 0 calendar days as a result of this change. ORIGINAL CONTRACT AMOUNT $ PREVIOUS CHANGE ORDER (INCREASE) $ THIS CHANGE ORDER (INCREASE) $ TOTAL REVISED CONTRACT AMOUNT WITH CHANGE ORDER $ FUNDING NUMBER/ACCOUNT NUMBER CONTRACTOR ENGINEER DEPARTMENT HEAD COMPTROLLER ADMINISTRATOR MAYOR CO NUMBER BID ITEM DATE PROJECT NUMBER PO NUMBER DATE: DATE: DATE: DATE: DATE: DATE: DATE OF ISSUANCE OWNER CONTRACTOR Contract: Project: OWNER's Contract No. ENGINEER's Project No. This Certificate of Substantial Completion applies to all Work under the Contract Documents or to the following specified parts thereof: To And To EJCDC No. 1910 -8 -D (1996 Edition) CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OWNER CONTRACTOR The Work to which this Certificate applies has been inspected by authorized representatives of OWNER, CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER, and that Work is hereby declared to be substantially complete in accordance with the Contract Documents on DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A tentative list of items to be completed or corrected is attached hereto. This list may not be all- inclusive, and the failure to include an item in it does not alter the responsibility of CONTRACTOR to complete all the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The items in the tentative list shall be completed or corrected by CONTRACTOR within days of the above date of Substantial Completion. The responsibilities between OWNER and CONTRACTOR for security, operation, safety, maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance and warranties and guarantees shall be as follows: OWNER: CONTRACTOR: The following documents are attached to and made a part of this Certificate: [For items to be attached see definition of Substantial Completion as supplemented and other specifically noted conditions precedent to achieving Substantial Completion as required by Contract Documents.] This certificate does not constitute an acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents nor is it a release of CONTRACTOR's obligation to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Executed by ENGINEER on EJCDC No. 1910 -8 -D (1996 Edition) ENGINEER Date By: (Authorized Signature) CONTRACTOR accepts this Certificate of Substantial Completion on Date CONTRACTOR By: (Authorized Signature) OWNER accepts this Certificate of Substantial Completion on OWNER By: (Authorized Signature) Date SECTION 01100 - SUMMARY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. Project Identification: Jamestown Sewer Extension — Phase III -A; (Spirit Creek Basin — Pocket); Project No. 50215 SUMMARY 1. Project Location: Along Willis Foreman Road immediately south of the intersection of Willis Foreman Rd. and Deans Bridge Road (US HWY 1). 2. Owner: Augusta Richmond County Commission B. Engineer Identification: The Contract Documents, dated January 2012, were prepared for Project by: Johnson, Laschober and Associates, P.C., 1296 Broad Street, Augusta, GA 30901 C. The Work consists of: 1. Construct approximately 1,0001f of gravity sewer (including approximately 8001f of 10" dia. and 2001f of 8" gravity collector sewer (inclusive of 801f of jack and bore with steel casing and 8" carrier pipe under Willis Foreman Rd.). In addition there is approximately 300 if of 6" gravity sewer lateral. 2. Remove existing private septic tanks (two) from service, as noted on drawings, and connect existing user's building wastewater laterals to City collector sewer. This work shall include: a. Maintaining continuous uninterrupted service to the private customer throughout sewer construction by use of pump by- passing, etc. b. Pumping out existing septic tank and deposing of waste offsite in a legal manner. c. Removing existing septic tank top and disposing offsite in a legal manner. d. Backfilling existing septic tank with compacted select backfill. e. Extending new sewer lateral through abandoned and backfilled septic tank and connecting to the existing building wastewater lateral on the upstream side of the abandoned septic tank. f. Backfilling sewer lateral within abandoned septic tank to surface, installing 4" topsoil and establishing permanent vegetation. 1.2 CONTRACT A. Project will be constructed under a general construction contract. 1.3 USE OF PREMISES A. General: Contractor shall have full use of premises for construction operations, including use of Project site, during construction period. 01100 - 1 1.4 SPECIFICATION FORMATS AND CONVENTIONS A. Specification Format: The Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections using the CSI /CSC's "MasterFormat" numbering system. B. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations. These conventions are as follows: a. The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context, are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01100 SUMMARY 1. Section Identification: The Specifications use section numbers and titles to help cross - referencing in the Contract Documents. Sections in the Project Manual are in numeric sequence; however, the sequence is incomplete. Consult the table of contents at the beginning of the Project Manual to determine numbers and names of sections in the Contract Documents. 1. Abbreviated Language: Language used in the Specifications and other Contract Documents is abbreviated. Words and meanings shall be interpreted as appropriate. Words implied, but not stated, shall be inferred as the sense requires. Singular words shall be interpreted as plural, and plural words shall be interpreted as singular where applicable as the context of the Contract Documents indicates. 2. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications. Requirements expressed in the imperative mood are to be performed by Contractor. Occasionally, the indicative or subjunctive mood may be used in the Section Text for clarity to describe responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by Contractor or by others when so noted. 01100 - 2 SECTION 02050 - SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS PART 1 -- GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. General: In addition to the soil boring information shown on the drawings. A soils investigation report was prepared for work on adjacent parcel 138 -0- 014 -00 -0 by S &ME, hereinafter referred to as the Soil Engineer. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Related work described elsewhere: 1. Excavation for footings and foundations: Section entitled "Earthwork ". 1.3 GENERAL A. Attachment: The soils investigation report is attached to this section. B. Use of Data: 1. This report was obtained for the Contractor's use in design. The report is available for bidders' information, but is not a warranty of subsurface conditions. 2. Bidders should visit the site and acquaint themselves with all existing conditions. Prior to bidding, bidders may make their own subsurface investigations to satisfy themselves as to site and subsurface conditions, but all such investigations shall be performed only under time schedules and arrangements approved in advance by the Engineer. 1.4 ATTACHMENT A. Subsurface Exploration and Report Dated November 10, 2011. (21 Pages) END OF SECTION 02050 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS 02050 - 1 APPENDIX for Subsurface Conditions Soils Investigation Report by S &ME dated November 10, 2011 November 10 Sincerely, S&ME, Inc. Mr. Rich Laschober, P. k . Johnson, Lasebober, and 1296 Broad Street Augusta, Georgia 30901 Refer tree: REPORT OF GEOTECHNICAL EXPLORATION Gate 4 Booster Pump Station Augusta utilities Department. Augusta, Georgia S&ME, Inc. Project No. 1619.11 -051 Dear Mr. Las holier: As rcquested, S &ML. Inc. (S&ME) has nipleted our geotc chmcal exploration tier the proposed Gate 4 Booster Pump Station on the wrest side of Willis Foreman Road at Deans .Bridge Road in Augusta, Georgia. Our work was conducted in general accordance with our proposal (No. 1619- 0063 -11), dated August 11. 2011 authorized by Mr. Rich Laschober, P.E. on October 17, 2011, This report provides the exploration procedures, subsurface data, and recommendations regarding site preparation, foundation type, and design values. S &ME appreciates this oltl ortunity to t ork with Johnson, Laschober, and 1\ ssoe:iate4, P.C. as your geotechnical engineering consultant on this project. Please contact us at (706) 729 -6917 if you have any questions or need any additional information regarding this report. Perry Geotechnical Engineer (JA #13784 pdukes i sineinc.c ciates, P.C. John C. Lcsslcy, P.E. (SC) Vice President /Technical Principal j le s s l e y(iis m ei. n c. coat Soh E, n z.... 1732 W,.dss Boat Augusta, GA 30909 : p 708 7 .6917 7 Ys.7 9.6920 / www,srneir,:;. om Report of geotechnical Services S &ME No. 1619 -11 -051 Gate 4 Booster Pump Station, Augusta, Georgia November 10, 2011 1. INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND This exploration has been conducted in general accordance with our proposal (No. 1619 -0063- 11), dated August 11, 2011 authorized by Mr. Rich Laschober, P.E. of Johnson, Laschober, and Associates, P.E., on October 17, 2011. The purposes of this exploration are to obtain subsurface information to allow us to characterize the subsurface conditions and to develop recommendations concerning grading, foundation design, and other related construction issues. This report describes our understanding of the project, presents the results of the field exploration and discusses our conclusions and recommendations. Project information was provided by emails of August 11, 2011 and October 19, 2011 from Mr. Rich Laschober, P.E. and email of November 3, 2011 from Mr. Trevor Wimberly, EIT, of Johnson, Laschober, and Associates P.E., which included a site plan. On October 27, 2011, two soil test borings (designated B1 and B2) were drilled to obtain subsurface information at the project site. The borings were advanced to their planned termination depth of 20 feet. A site plan showing the approximate boring locations, the logs of the borings, discussion of the field investigative procedures, laboratory testing, and a legend to soil classification and symbols are included in the Appendix. 2. SITE AND PROJECT DESCRIPTION 2.1 Site Description The project site is located on the west side of Willis Foreman Road about 500 to 600 feet south of the intersection with Deans Bridge Road in Augusta, Georgia. The site is wooded, primarily with pine trees and brush, and slopes gently north to south with less than about 3 feet of relief. 2.2 Project Description The booster pump building is planned to be constructed of masonry load bearing walls, approximately 12 feet high with light gage metal roof trusses at 24 inches on center. The concrete floor slab will be 6 inches thick unreinforced concrete. A 2 -ton traveling bridge crane will be supported by masonry pilasters along the sidewalls. The crane spans 48 feet with a travel distance of approximately 40 feet. The anticipated foundation is continuous perimeter wall footings with integral concrete footings for the bridge crane runway support pilasters. An electrical room, approximately 30 feet by 15 feet shall be constructed inside the main building. Eight -inch concrete masonry walls up to approximately 10 feet, open web steel roof bar joists, metal decking and lightweight concrete topping make up the construction of the electrical room. The maximum anticipated wall load is 4 kips per linear foot and the pump pads will sustain a load of no greater than 5 kips on a 2 foot by 5 foot minimum pad. Earthwork on the site is anticipated to be minimal as required to create a building pad, an access drive, and three parking places in the front, and pavements for turnaround and maneuvering in the rear. Report of geotechnical Services S &ME No. 1619 -11 -051 Gate 4 Booster Pump Station, Augusta, Georgia November 10, 2011 3. REGIONAL GEOLOGY The site is located in the Coastal Plain Physiographic Province of Georgia. The Coastal Plain is a wedge- shaped deposit of Cretaceous and younger sediments that range in thickness from near zero at the contact with the Piedmont Physiographic Province (the Fall Line) along its northwest edge, to thousands of feet at the coast. Coastal Plain soils are marine deposits laid down in the geologic past when ocean levels were higher, and can contain various materials including interbedded soft and hard limestones, gravel, sands, silts, and clays, as well as organics. 4. SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS 4.1 Soil Borings On October 27, 2011 S &ME drilled 2 soil test borings (designated B1 and B2) to obtain subsurface information at the project site. The borings were located in the field by estimating right angles and distances from existing landmarks. The approximate locations of the borings are shown on the Boring Location Plan in the Appendix of this report. Our logs of the exploratory borings are also included in the Appendix. The borings were advanced to their planned termination depths by a truck mounted drilling rig (CME 55). During the soil test boring operations, samples were obtained from the encountered soils using Standard Penetration Tests (ASTM D1586) equipment. The standard penetration test provides a disturbed split -spoon sample of the tested soil and a resulting standard penetration resistance value. The standard penetration resistance value gives an indication of the density and consistency of the in -place soils. Standard penetration resistance values can be used with empirical correlations to estimate physical properties and engineering characteristics for most soils. Soil test borings were backfilled with auger cuttings at the completion of testing. Some settlement of the boring backfill should be expected. Samples collected during the field exploration were returned to our laboratory for visual examination by a Staff Professional. 4.2 Soil Stratification The borings encountered 3 to 4 inches of topsoil at the existing ground surface. Beneath the topsoil, the borings encountered natural Coastal Plain soil consisting of primarily medium dense silty sands which extended to termination of drilling. Boring Standard Penetration Test blow counts (N- values) within the silty sands ranged from 10 blows per foot (bpf) to 28 bpf, with most N- values being between 17 bpf and 22 bpf. Boring B2 encountered loose clean sands with silt to a depth of approximately 3 feet, in which the penetration resistance was 5 bpf. 4.3 Water Levels The boreholes were observed for the presence of standing water following termination of drilling. Ground water was not encountered in our borings. It should be noted ground water levels tend to fluctuate with seasonal, climatic, and environmental changes. Report of geotechnical Services S &ME No. 1619 -11 -051 Gate 4 Booster Pump Station, Augusta, Georgia November 10, 2011 5. CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS 5.1 Subgrade Evaluation and Preparation After designated areas of the site have been stripped and cut to grade, at -grade areas and areas that are to receive fill, if any, should be evaluated by a member of our staff by observing proofrolling with a heavily loaded tandem -axle dump truck or earthmoving scraper. Proofrolling consists of applying repeated passes to the subgrade with this equipment. Any materials judged to deflect excessively under the wheel loads and which cannot be stabilized by drying and continued rolling should be removed to more stable soils before placing fill. Densification of surface soils should be completed before placing compacted structural fill. We anticipate that some loose soils in the vicinity of boring B -2 will require densification. Positive surface drainage from the site should be provided and maintained to reduce potential for ponding of water on exposed subgrades. Ditches should be excavated to help reduce rainwater runoff from flowing onto, and to help promote rainwater runoff from, the construction area. Rainwater should not be allowed to pond on subgrades. 5.2 Fill Placement We anticipate very little fill placement; if any, for this project. Structural fill is defined as inorganic natural soil with maximum particles sizes of four inches and a plasticity index of 20 or less. Structural fill should be placed in relatively thin (4- to 8 -inch loose) layers and compacted to at least 95 percent of the soil's maximum dry density as determined by the standard Proctor compaction test. We further recommend that the upper 18 inches of fill beneath the building be compacted to 98 percent. Near - surface soils encountered during our exploration appear suitable for re -use as structural fill. Soil moisture contents could vary considerably with weather conditions during construction. Drying or wetting of the soils will be necessary to achieve the recommended compaction criterion. If any offsite borrow soils are required, we can provide additional testing services to assess that imported fill meets project specifications. In -place density testing must be performed to check that the previously recommended compaction criteria have been achieved. Spreading and compaction of new fill should be performed under the observation of a full -time basis by a qualified soils technician working under the direction of the geotechnical engineer. Frequent in -place density and moisture content of the placed fill should be determined to confirm that the contractors methods are producing a satisfactory level of densification. Compaction the test frequency can be determined by our personnel based on the area to be tested, the grading equipment used, the project specifications, and the rate of fill placement. Report of geotechnical Services S &ME No. 1619 -11 -051 Gate 4 Booster Pump Station, Augusta, Georgia November 10, 2011 6. DESIGN RECOMMENDATIONS 6.1 Limitations of Report This report has been prepared in accordance with generally accepted geotechnical engineering practice for specific application to this project. The conclusions and recommendations contained in this report are based on applicable standards of our practice in this geographic area at the time this report was prepared. No other warranty, expressed or implied, is made. The analyses and recommendations submitted herein are based, in part, on the data obtained from the subsurface exploration. The nature and the extent of variations between the widely - spaced borings will not become evident until the time of construction. If variations appear evident, then we will re- evaluate the recommendations of this report. In the event any changes in the nature, design, or evaluation of the structures are planned, the conclusions and recommendations contained in this report will not be considered valid unless the changes are reviewed and the conclusions verified or modified in writing. We strongly recommend S &ME be provided the opportunity to review the final design plans and specifications in order that earthwork and other recommendations are properly interpreted and implemented. The recommendations in this report are contingent on S &ME, Inc.'s observation and monitoring of grading and construction activities. 6.2 Foundations Individual strip and integrated footings may bear in the natural Coastal Plain soils, or on structural fill compacted as indicated above. An applied bearing pressure of 2,500 pounds per square foot (psf) may be assumed in design. If a monolithic placement of grade slabs and integrated footings (slab thickened or widened at column and wall support areas) is used, we assume that the majority of the load will bear on the thickened areas. We anticipate additional densification or undercutting will be required in loose soils similar to those encountered in the vicinity of boring B2. The potential exists that soils with loose relative densities may be encountered in other areas intermittent of our boring locations. Although computed footing dimensions may be less, column footings and wall footings should be at least 24 inches wide in their least dimension. These dimensions facilitate hand cleaning of footing subgrades disturbed by the excavation process and the placement of reinforcing steel. They also reduce the potential for localized punching shear failure. All footing bottoms should be at least 18 inches below the lowest adjacent exterior grade. Footing excavations must be evaluated by a geotechnical engineer or a representative of the geotechnical engineer from our firm prior to rebar or concrete placement. The purpose of this is to observe that the exposed soils are consistent with the boring results and the recommendations provided. The strength properties of soil exposed at the footing subgrade will change if exposed to wetting, drying, or freezing. Every effort should be made to place concrete the same day as the excavation is completed. If footing concrete cannot be placed the same day as the excavation is completed and evaluated, the excavations should be covered with polyethylene sheeting or a thin Report of geotechnical Services S &ME No. 1619 -11 -051 Gate 4 Booster Pump Station, Augusta, Georgia November 10, 2011 concrete "mud mat ". If these protective measures are not implemented, over - excavation of wet or disturbed soil may be necessary. 6.3 Floor Slabs Depending on the thickness of the floor slab, there may be potential slab cracking in an integrated slab due to minor differential settlement between thickened and non - thickened portions. Transitions from foundation supported building elements to soil supported floor slabs should be reinforced or isolated with saw cuts. The floor slab subgrade should be proofrolled with relatively heavy rubber -tired equipment. Areas judged by the geotechnical engineer to perform unacceptably under the moving load should be stabilized prior to placement of reinforcing steel or concrete. Stabilization may include drying in place and re- compacting or removal and replacement with structural fill compacted to at least 98 percent of its standard Proctor maximum dry density. We recommend an underslab vapor barrier be installed to reduce soil moisture transmission into the slab. The use of a vapor barrier should be in accordance with ACI 302 guidelines. Floor slab subgrades are often disturbed between completion of grading and slab construction due to weather, footing and utility line installation, and other construction activities. These areas should be identified and repaired prior to placement of the vapor barrier. Concrete trucks should not drive over the vapor barrier. Furthermore, the vapor barrier should be inspected for damage and specified laps immediately before concrete placement. 6.4 Ground Water Groundwater was not encountered in our borings. It should be noted that water levels tend to fluctuate with seasonal, climatic, and environmental changes. It is unlikely that permanent groundwater will be encountered by excavations required for this project. 7. CONTINUED SERVICES Our services should not end with the submission of this preliminary geotechnical report. Our recommendations will require review and possible modification when the structural and grading details are available. S &ME should also be kept involved throughout the design and construction process to maintain continuity and to verify that our recommendations are properly interpreted and implemented. To achieve this, we should review project plans and specifications with the designers to see that our recommendations are fully incorporated. Site preparation and foundation construction will be critical aspects of this project. In addition, a qualified engineering technician should observe and test all structural concrete, masonry, and steel. Normally, full -time monitoring of the site work and foundation installation is appropriate. Our familiarity with the site and with the foundation recommendations will make us a valuable part of your construction quality assurance team. As such, we are looking forward to working with you on the construction phase of this project. APPENDIX BORING LOCATION PLAN SOIL BORING LOGS SUMMARY OF EXPLORATION PROCEDURES ASFE - INFORMATION ABOUT GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING REPORT uo101o1 ��`x Wog al toddy PROJECT: Gate 4 Booster Pump Station Willis Foreman Road B BORING LOG B1 DATE DRILLED: 10/27/11 E ELEVATION: N NOTES: DRILL RIG: CME 55 B BORING DEPTH: 20.0 ft DRILLER: H. Wessenger W WATER LEVEL: Not Encountered HAMMER TYPE: Automatic L LOGGED BY P nukes SAMPLING METHOD: Split spoon N NORTHING: I I EAS DRILLING METHOD: NSA DEPTH (feet) GRAPHIC LOG MATERIAL DESCRIPTION WATER LEVEL ELEVATION (feet) SAMPLE NO. SAMPLE TYPE 1st 6in / RUN #�W 0 2nd bin / REC A 0 00 3rd bin / RQD n z+ STANDARD PENETRATION 3T DATA N VALUE - d 3 inches of TOPSOIL / - 1 1 Q 6 6 1 10 1 10 r r 2 20 SILTY SAND COASTAL PLAIN: tan to white, fine to medium - - 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 cc cr cc NOTES: 1. THIS LOG IS ONLY A PORTION OF A REPORT PREPARED FOR THE NAMED PROJECT AND MUST ONLY BE USED TOGETHER WITH THAT REPORT. 2. BORING SAMPLING AND PENETRATION TEST DATA IN GENERAL ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM D -1586. 3. STRATIFICATION AND GROUNDWATER DEPTHS ARE NOT EXACT. 4. WATER LEVEL IS AT TIME OF EXPLORATION AND WILL VARY. Page 1 of 1 PROJECT: Gate 4 Booster Pump Station Willis Foreman Road S &ME Project No. 1619 -11-051 BORING LOG B2 DATE DRILLED: 10/27/11 ELEVATION: NOTES: DRILL RIG: CME 55 BORING DEPTH: 20.0 ft DRILLER: H. Wessenger WATER LEVEL: Not Encountered HAMMER TYPE: Automatic LOGGED BY: o nukes SAMPLING METHOD: Split spoon NORTHING: I EAS DRILLING METHOD: HSA = ^ Eli S o -- o _ a ° c MATERIAL DESCRIPTION WATER LEVEL ELEVATION (feet) SAMPLE NO. SAMPLE TYPE 1st 6in / RUN # m o 0 2nd 6in / REC m o D o C 3rd 6in / RQD n STANDARD PENETRATION iT DATA S /REMARKS 10 20 30 . _6080 N VALUE _ I, :., ( 4 inches of TOPSOIL HC - - — ,5 — - — 1 2 3 6 1 2 8 1 9 1 10 7 I Q 5 2 9 9 13 10 4 3 13 11 15 10 6 - 5 22 20 28 20 10 POORLY GRADED SAND WITH SILT COASTAL PLAIN: brown, fine to medium grained, loose - 5— 10— - - SILTY SAND tan to reddish brown, fine to medium grained, dry, with some clay, medium dense - - SILTY SAND white, fine to medium grained, moist, with mica, medium dense 15 - 20 SILTY SAND ' white, fine to medium grained, wet, with mica and gravel, medium dense i Boring terminated at 20 ft Target Depth 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 NOTES: 1. THIS LOG IS ONLY A PORTION OF A REPORT PREPARED FOR THE NAMED PROJECT AND MUST ONLY BE USED TOGETHER WITH THAT REPORT. 2. BORING SAMPLING AND PENETRATION TEST DATA IN GENERAL ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM D-1586. 3. STRATIFICATION AND GROUNDWATER DEPTHS ARE NOT EXACT. 4. WATER LEVEL IS AT TIME OF EXPLORATION AND WILL VARY. Page 1 of 1 • • • - - • - • • • • • M I • • 1 INTRODUCTION The American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) publishes standard methods to explore soil, rock and ground water conditions in Practice D- 420 -98, "Standard Guide to Site Characterization for Engineering Design and Construction Purposes." The boring and sampling plan must consider the geologic or topographic setting. While the scope and extent of the exploration may vary with the objectives of the client, each exploration includes the following key tasks: • Reconnaissance of the Project Area • Preparation of Exploration Plan • Layout and Access to Field Sampling Locations • Field Sampling and Testing of Earth Materials • Laboratory Evaluation of Recovered Field Samples • Evaluation of Subsurface Conditions The standard methods do not apply to all conditions or to every site. Nor do they replace education and experience, which together make up engineering judgment. Finally, ASTM D 420 does not apply to environmental investigations. RECONNAISSANCE OF THE PROJECT AREA Where practical, we review available topographic maps, county soil surveys, reports of nearby investigations and aerial photographs when preparing the boring and sampling plan. Then we walked over the site to note land use, topography, ground cover, and surface drainage. We observed general access to proposed sampling points and noted any existing structures. PREPARATION OF EXPLORATION PLAN The exploration plan or drilling assignment sheet consists of a set of written directions to the drillers or to other field exploration staff. The plan tabulates the minimum depth of borings, method of drilling and stabilizing the boring, sampling methods and depths, procedures for backfilling, and procedures to be followed if certain subsurface conditions were encountered. The location, number and depth of the borings, the method of drilling, and the method and depths of sampling were discussed prior to commencement of the exploration and were outlined in our initial proposal. This scope of work formed the basis of the initial exploration plan attached in the appendices. Utility Locator Service State law requires that we notify the Palmetto Utility Protection Service (PUPS) before we drill or excavate at any site. PUPS is operated by the major water, sewer, electrical, telephone, CATV, and natural gas suppliers of South Carolina. PUPS forwards our location request to the participating utilities. Location crews then mark buried lines with colored flags within 72 hours. They do not mark utility lines beyond junction boxes or meters. We check proposed sampling points for conflicts with marked utilities, overhead power lines, tree limbs, or man -made structures during the site walkover. Utility Checks with Owner Where the site lies beyond junction boxes or meters these areas will not be checked by the utility location crews dispatched in response to our utility locate request. In these cases we check proposed sampling points for conflicts during the site walkover with a representative of the facility. Federal, State and Local Regulatory Permitting S &ME did not attempt to obtain federal or state permits for any part of its work unless specifically described in the accompanying report. S &ME also assumes that in circumstances where we are directed by the client to perform sampling or borings at specific locations - that these locations have been determined by the client to be in compliance with applicable regulatory statues. Health and Safety Plan A job - specific health and safety plan is not prepared for geotechnical explorations at sites with no known environmental contamination. Geotechnical explorations are conducted under the S &ME general health and safety plan. Drilling Assumed to be Permitted at Designated Locations S &ME assumes permission to perform borings or other exploratory work is conveyed either with notice to proceed by the client. Where S &ME personnel are denied access to proposed boring or sample locations upon or following arrival at the site, they are instructed to demobilize pending resolution of any dispute. S &ME also assumes that contamination of the soils or ground water of the site has not occurred unless otherwise specifically indicated by the client in advance of our exploration. S &ME will not perform intrusive exploration in any area known to contain hazardous wastes except under a plan specifically prepared in advance. Where suspected hazardous materials are unexpectedly encountered, S &ME suspends all work and evacuates the area immediately until a determination can be made as to the nature of the material encountered. Use of S &ME Data From Other Projects Where previous S &ME boring or sounding data pertinent to the project is known to exist and can be readily retrieved, such data is incorporated into our evaluation process. Boring or sounding data, in -situ tests or laboratory data may be incorporated into the cross sections presented in the report. Boring and sounding records and laboratory records may also be included in the appendices or in summary tables embedded in the report. Where boring or sounding records predate the computerized database record system now in use, records included in the report will be paper hard copies of the records in their original forms. In most cases S &ME will not re -enter the data into the database to produce a new record in the current format. Use of Other Firms' Boring and Sounding Data While S &ME may review this data as part of planning of our exploration, such data will not be incorporated into our evaluation unless the data is independently verified by S &ME using parallel borings or other appropriate means, except under some very limited circumstances which will be detailed in the text of the project report. Other firms' boring or sounding records typically can not be read by the computerized database record system now in use by S &ME. Foreign boring or sounding records included in the report will be paper hard copies of the records in their original forms. In most cases S &ME will not re -enter foreign data into the S &ME database to produce a new record in the current format. Use of Building Plans and Construction Data Where S &ME is provided as -built building plans, pile driving records, PDA data or other construction data pertinent to the project, such data is incorporated into our evaluation process. However, S &ME can typically not independently verify the accuracy of as -built data. MO O MI MI MS OM MN M_ O E M M - - - N OM M FIELD LAYOUT AND SAMPLE POINT ELEVATIONS The type of site plan provided to us determines largely how well the sampling locations can be depicted on the site. We normally locate sampling points using very rough field methods. The report will indicate the type of layout plan we use to locate each sampling point, how we approximate each sampling point elevation, and how we stake the sampling point location in the field. Layout Plan There are typically five alternative means available to depict sampling point locations. Which one is used depends on the type of drawing or map provided to us by the client or his designer. (1) No Plan or Sketch Provided — Where the client provides no plan of the site, we will prepare a sketch using large scale aerial photographs, USGS topographic maps, or plain paper as a base. The sketch is not to scale. The "Boring Location Plan" will depict only very a general location of each sampling point relative to the proposed construction. (2) Unscaled Sketch — Where the client provides only an unscaled sketch of the site indicating proposed structures, we attempt to reproduce that sketch as the "Boring Location Plan." We will plot the sampling points on the sketch. But we can not warrant that the sketch depicts the true positions of the sampling points relative to one another, to physical features on the site, or to the actual dimensions of the structure. (3) Scaled Survey Property Plat — Where the client provides a scaled survey property plat that shows property corners and major site features, we attempt to reproduce the plat as the "Boring Location Plan." We will plot sample points at their approximately locations using reconnaissance methods described below. But plotted locations depicted on the plan are not warranted. (4) Scaled Topographic Site Survey — Where a topographic site survey plan is provided, indicating the general orientation or outline of proposed structures, S &ME attempts to reproduce this drawing with sampling points indicated in their approximate positions subject to the limitations of the method used in staking the locations, using normal care and diligence in plotting the positions. We emphasize that the plotted positions are not exact. (5) Scaled Building Layout Plan - Where we are provided a building layout plan indicating numbered column lines prior to commencement of field work, we attempt to reproduce the plan with sampling points approximately plotted relative to the column lines. Sampling Point Elevations S &ME does not directly measure ground surface elevation at the sample points, unless this is included in the contract, We estimate sample point elevations in several ways, which we describe below. The attached report states the method used. (1) No Elevation Information Provided — Where a topographic site plan is not available, we do not show elevations. Boring data and strata are stated in terms of depth below ground on all boring records. (2) Interpolation From Large Scale Topographical Maps — We may get a rough elevation for each boring from a large- scale topographic quadrangle map of the area. We use this method only on very rough sites, with large differences in elevation. We do this only to profile uneven ground. Elevations are "illustration only" and do not accurately show site contours. (3) Interpolation From Topographic Site Plan — We interpolate the elevation of each boring from the plotted contours on topographic site plans. We use the care and judgment ordinarily exercised in similar work. We consider sample point elevations accurate only to the degree that the contours shown on the plans reflect actual site topography. (4) Use of Spirit Level — S &ME may use a spirit level to measure ground surface elevations at sampling point locations. S &ME establishes a temporary benchmark on the site as a reference point for the survey. This is done only when specifically stated in our proposal as part of our scope of work for the project, S &ME uses the degree of care normally exercised for rough layout work, but we do not attempt to tie survey loops back to the origin. Boring elevations must be considered approximate and not exact. (5) Leveling Survey by Others - Top -of- ground elevations are surveyed by others at sampling point locations. They then provide the elevations to, us for us to use to complete our report. We do not independently verify any of the surveyed elevations. Staking of Sampling Points in the Field Since S &ME does not provide surveying services, typically we provide only rough staking of sample point locations, unless specifically required in our contracted scope of services. The report will describe the means used to locate sampling points in the field. (1) Reconnaissance Methods - Locations are stepped off from existing site features, turning rough right angles from existing features marked on the site plan. Locations are marked with small colored flags with the sampling point numbers inscribed. (2) Rough Measurement - Sampling points are laid out by measuring distances from existing site features with a measuring wheel and by turning rough right angles from existing features. Locations were marked in the field with small colored flags. (3) Handheld Global Positioning System — Sampling points are laid out using a hand -held Global Positioning System (GPS) device. The GPS measures from a base coordinate on the site provided to us before beginning field work. The device used is considered accurate within 1 meter of the true coordinate. (4) Surveyed and Marked by Others Prior to Exploration — Sampling points are staked by others. Sampling point numbers shown on the attached "Boring Location Plan" match markings on the survey stakes at each boring location. Offsets from staked locations are indicated on the sampling point records. (5) Surveyed and Marked by Others Subsequent to Exploration — Sampling point locations are surveyed by others after drilling and sampling was completed. Sampling point numbers shown on the attached "Boring Location Plan" match markings left on the survey stakes or flags at each sampling point location by our crew. Sampling point locations on the "Boring Location Plan" are accurate only to the degree of surveying accuracy used by the surveyor. - r- M M M O N E E NU MI O EN MB ACCESS TO SAMPLING LOCATIONS We perform all borings at marked location stakes unless they are offset because of slopes, ditches, overhead power or other obstructions. Where we must offset from the stake, we indicate the offset distance and relative direction on the field boring record. The final Soil Test Boring Record and the attached "Boring Location Plan" in the Appendix indicates all offsets. (1) ATV Access Over Sloping Ground - All-terrain-mounted drilling and sampling equipment allows movement to the sampling points over sloping ground. This requires careful alignment and positioning of the rig on the face of the slope during both ascent and descent. The crew moves only over a marked access route to each staked boring location. They attempt to move only on firm ground and they avoid rutting or disturbing the surface as much as possible. We do not attempt to repair any ruts or other disturbance unless required by our contract. (2) Access Restricted by Stacked Construction Materials S &ME makes no attempt to pick up or move construction materials obstructing access to the borings. In these cases we offset the borings from the stakes to provide safe clearance between the drilling equipment and the material. (3) Access Restricted by Soft, Marshy Ground - Truck - mounted drilling and sampling equipment can usually only access soft, marshy sites on existing roads or paths - dirt, gravel, pavement. Where they need to move on natural ground, the crew will move only over marked routes to the staked boring locations. They will attempt to move only on firm ground and will limit rutting or disturbance of the ground surface as much as they can. S &ME's field crew also will avoid cutting or taking apart any fences to reach any of the staked borings, except where the landowner specifically grants permission. (4) Access Restricted by Locked Gates or Fences - Where access to sampling points is prevented by gates or fences, we defer performing these borings until the end of field work. In the meantime we attempt to obtain access through the land owner. S &ME will make no attempt to cut locks or disassemble any fencing to access boring locations. (5) Access Restricted by Parked Vehicles — Where parked cars or trucks restrict our access to sampling points, we defer performing these borings until the parking locations are empty. At that time we place a traffic cone in the vacated spot until the boring can be performed. Where this can not be done, we offset the boring to the closest feasible location that does not block traffic. (6) Access Restricted by Overhead Utilities Access to one or more of the sampling points may be restricted by close clearances to energized utilities. In this case we make no attempt to perform the boring at the staked location. We offset the boring a sufficient distance to provide a minimum clearance or we abandon the boring. (7) Access Along Highways — Where a sampling point lies close to heavy traffic, we perform lane or shoulder closures using the signage layout shown in state department of transportation work zone safety guidelines. Closures may be either two -lane or four -lane, and may include flagmen or police. We may need to shift traffic to opposing lanes or establish one -way traffic during the lane closure period. Public notice of all work is made to the media before any operation which requires shifting lanes. Supplemental traffic control, including floggers, barriers and flashing signs are also required. (8) Use of Temporary Work Barriers. Required — We may place traffic cones, stanchions and rope, tape, or wooden barricades when drilling in public areas. This is to prevent people from approaching the rig. We then remove these barriers when the rig is moved. . (9) Access by ATV, Vegetation Pushed Over Where the site is lightly to moderately covered with small brush or saplings, flagged sampling points may be accessed by either a truck- mounted or all- terrain tractor mounted drill rig by pushing over underbrush or saplings as required. It is understood in our contract that no attempt will be made to restore the access route to its original condition. To the extent possible, the crew avoids pushing over man -made plantings such as crops, ornamental shrubs or fruit trees. (10) Heavy Vegetation. Dozer Clearing - A crawler- mounted bulldozer is often needed to get to staked boring locations in heavy woods. The dozer follows flags or other marks that our personnel place along the access route. The operator attempts to clear small brush and saplings to the minimum extent possible to allow passage of the equipment. We do not attempt to topple or fell large trees or snags, nor do we attempt to strip or grub the surface. Felled vegetation is pushed to the side of the path to allow equipment to pass but 1 is not stacked or burned. Unless specifically stated as part of our contract, no attempt is made to restore the route to its original condition. FIELD SAMPLING AND TESTING OF EARTH MATERIALS In general, soil test borings, cone penetration or dilatometer soundings, or other sampling methods were .advanced at the marked locations by methods as described more fully below. All borings or soundings were advanced approximately at their assigned locations and to their assigned depths in the exploration plan, subject to the limitations in staking described above, except as specifically described in the text summary. Numbering of Borings and Soundings Soil test borings are usually denoted "B -" on the boring location plan except as specifically described in the report text. CPT soundings are denoted "C - ", Marchetti dilatometer soundings "D -', hand auger borings "HA - ", and machine excavated test pits or trenches "TP -'. Temporary or permanent piezometers are denoted "P -." Drilling and Direct Push Sounding Procedures Procedures used to perform soil test borings, hand auger borings, test pits, CPT soundings, or other sampling are summarized on the attached pages. The report text explains necessary exceptions to standard procedures. Field Records The chief driller prepares field test boring records or sounding records recording subsurface conditions encountered during field work. Field records contain information about the drilling or push method, samples attempted and sample recovery, presence of coarse gravel, cobbles, etc, and indications of materials encountered between sample intervals. Field records are retained at our office. Preservation and Handling of Recovered Samples Handling of recovered samples is in general accordance with one or more of the procedures described by ASTM D 4220, section 4, or ASTM D 5079, section 7.5.1, as described below. Carbon copies of field boring records accompanied the samples. Recovered samples not expended in laboratory tests are commonly retained in our laboratory for 60 days following completion of drilling. NM I - - - • NM N METHODS FOR AUGERING OR DRILLING The Soil Test Boring Records enclosed with this report indicate methods used to advance the borings. Measurement of Topsoil Layers The thickness of the organic topsoil layers, including humus and underlying stained soils, was measured by taping at shovel cuts made near each boring or sounding. Surface Coring of Concrete Pavement for Thickness Measurement or Boring Access Coring of concrete slabs or concrete pavement is performed in general accordance with ASTM C 42, "Standard Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete." Samples were obtained for measuring approximate thickness only. Moisture conditioning and end surface preparation of recovered cores described in Section 7 of ASTM C 42 was not performed. Surface Coring of Asphalt Pavement for Thickness Measurement or Boring Access Asphalt pavement layers are sampled using diamond coring in general accordance with ASTM D 979, "Standard Practice for Sampling Bituminous Paving Mixtures." Coring is performed to allow penetration of the pavement layers by soil drilling equipment, so random sampling and averaging of data points, described in paragraph 5.2.6 of the Practice, is not performed. Auger Borings Auger borings are advanced mechanically by a drill rig using a flight auger or hollow stem auger in general accordance with ASTM D 1452, "Standard Practice for Soil Investigation and Sampling by Auger Borings ". The soils encountered are identified by examining the cuttings brought to the surface. Soil consistency is qualitatively estimated by the relative difficulty of advancing the augers. Soil Test Boring with Flight Auger Borings were made by mechanically twisting a continuous steel flight auger into the soil. The auger consists of a flighted solid drive tube having hex couplings at each end. The drive head consists of either a steel clay split or spade bit, or a carbide finger bit with tungsten carbide teeth. M Continuous flight augering is limited to stiff cohesive soils that are able to stand unsupported for the full length of the boring. Use of split barrel samplers requires withdrawal of the drill string from the boring and insertion of a separate sampling string. Grab samples can also be recovered by "dead stick withdrawal" in which the loaded augers are withdrawn from the boring without rotation. Soil Test Boring with Hollow -Stem Auger The hollow stem auger consists of a hollow cutting head for cutting soil, mounted on the terminal section of the lead auger. Following auger sections consist of hollow tube with continuous helical flights on the outside to lift cuttings to the surface. Inside diameter of the hollow stem ranges from 2 -1/4 inches to 6 -5/8 inches and outside diameters of the auger flights range from 5 to 18 inches. Use of hollow stem augers to obtain soil samples for engineering purposes is described by ASTM D 6151- 97(2000), "Standard Practice for Using Hollow -Stem Augers for Geotechnical Exploration and Soil Sampling." Hollow stem augering allows drilling and casing the boring simultaneously. Sampling or penetration testing is conducted through the hollow auger column below the lead auger assembly. Heaving, blow -in or sanding -in, sand lock or wedging of cuttings into the lead auger assembly may occur in cohesionless soils. Water or drilling fluid added to the auger column to provide hydrostatic balance and limit entry of sands, or use of special pilot bit assemblies, are noted on the field boring logs. Soil Test Boring with Rotary Wash A rotary drill rig has three functions: rotating the drill string, hoisting the drill string, and circulating the drilling fluid. A bit is rotated against the formation while mud is pumped down the drill pipe, through ports in the bit, and back to the ground surface through the well bore hole. Rotary drilling is sometimes called mud rotary drilling. The drilling apparatus consists of a rotating kelly with hollow drill rod and either a rotary roller bit or drag type bit with either a side discharge or bottom discharge orifice for the drilling fluid. Drill pipes or rods are joined to a bit to form the drill string. A separate sampling string consists of either split spoon samplers or Shelby tube samplers mounted on NX drill rod. Hole diameter is typically restricted to the minimum necessary for passage of the sampling device. 111111 INN N - -- I M 1 1 A heavy drilling fluid is circulated in the boreholes to stabilize the sides and flush the cuttings. Drilling fluid may consist of either water without additives or water with heavy bentonite slurry added to raise the specific gravity of the circulating fluid. Synthetic polymer drilling fluids such as Revert also may be used. The type of drilling fluid used and the portion(s) of each boring mudded are indicated on the boring records. A short length of drill casing is installed to stabilize the upper few feet of the boring near the ground surface. A mud pump of suitable capacity is used to push the drilling fluid through drill rod and up to the surface. Drilling fluid is recirculated through a mud tub with baffles to allow separation of the drilling cuttings from the fluid. The mud tub also serves as an initial reservoir for mixing of the drilling fluid. Field boring records indicate size and type of drilling bit, type of drilling fluid used, and note any loss or increase in the volume of the circulating fluid during drilling. At selected intervals, circulation of the mud is turned off, the drill string withdrawn from the hole, and the sampling string inserted into the open boring to obtain samples and perform penetration testing. Hand Auger Borings Borings are advanced by hand augering and the soils encountered identified by cuttings brought to the surface. Representative samples of the cuttings are placed in glass jars and transported to the laboratory. Soil consistency is estimated by the relative difficulty of advancing the augers. Backhoe Test Pits Test pits excavated with a backhoe or excavator provide a view of a relatively large section of the strata. During excavation, the bottom of the pit is kept relatively horizontal so that each lift represents a uniform horizon. Excavated material brought up is placed in separate stacks or piles adjacent to the pit to allow segregation of the material by depth. The excavated bucket is used to clean or chip a vertical band along the side of the pit to allow inspection and identification of the soil or rock layers. A field engineer is present to examine the soil strata exposed in each pit, estimate the relative ease of excavation, the amount of subsurface water entering the pits, and the maximum depth the pits could be excavated. However, field staff do not enter the pit to inspect the sides after the pits were extended further than five feet below the surface. • = • - - • • SPLIT BARREL SAMPLER WITH STANDARD PENETRATION TEST Soil sampling and penetration testing in the soil test borings were performed in general accordance with ASTM D1586, "Standard Test Method for Penetration "Test and Split Barrel Sampling of Soils." At regular intervals, soil samples were obtained with a standard 1.4 inch I. D., two -inch 0. D., split barrel sampler. Standard Sample Intervals Standard sample intervals used by S &ME are as follows unless otherwise described in the report text: Sample No. SS -1 SS -2 SS -3 SS -4 SS -5 SS -6 Use of SPT Autohammer Depth Interval (ft) 1 -2.5 3.5 -5 6 -7.5 8.5 -10 13.5 -15 18.5 -20 SPT Hammer Arrangement subsequent samples are taken at five foot intervals S &ME uses a conventional rope and cathead arrangement with a Saf -T hammer on most of its rigs. In this arrangement the 140-lb hammer telescopes over the sampling rods and is lifted by means of hemp rope wrapped around the rotating cathead. The hammer is rhythmically lifted and dropped through a 30 -inch travel along the guide by the operator. The cathead rope is is looped around the rotating drum or cathead with the rope coming off the bottom of the cathead, making 2 -1/4 total turns around the drum. The cathead rotates at 100 rpm unless noted otherwise on the field boring log. Borings performed using a donut hammer are specifically described as such in the report text. Sampling is performed using a trip, automatic or semi- automatic hammer drop system which lifts the 140-lb hammer and allows it to drop the required 30 -in distance unimpeded. This method is allowed in Section 7.4 of ASTM D 1586. Standard penetration test N- values obtained using one of the available autohammer systems often vary widely from those obtained using conventional rope and cathead arrangements. While corrections to the resulting N -value have been developed for certain specific applications, N- values presented on S &ME graphical boring records represent field blow counts which are not modified to account for hammer energy variations. Split Barrel Sampler The sampler is constructed to the dimensions indicated in Fig. 2 of ASTM D 1586. The driving shoe is of hardened steel with a 35mm inside diameter. The shoe is inspected for damage at the beginning of each production day. The split barrel sample has a minimum diameter of 38 mm. ASTM D 1586 allows use of a 16 -gage thick liner within the sampler, but no liner is used unless otherwise noted on the boring log. Use of Retainers or Sample Catchers Saturated, clean cohesionless sands may tend to flow out when the sampler is withdrawn from the boring. Steel or plastic sample retainers may be required to keep samples of clean granular soils in the sampler barrel. Retainers or baskets are inserted between the shoe and the sampler barrel to help retain loose or flowing materials. The retainers permit the soil to enter the sampler during driving but upon withdrawal they close and thereby retain the sample. Use of sample baskets or retainers is noted in the boring records. Description of Soil Consistency The sampler is first seated six inches to penetrate loose cuttings, then driven an additional 12 inches with blows of a 140 -pound hammer falling 30 inches. The number of hammer blows required to drive the sampler through the two final six inch increments is recorded as the penetration resistance (SPT N) value. The N- value, when properly interpreted by qualified professional staff, is an index of the soil strength and foundation support capability. Boring records will indicate partial increments in which sampling was terminated due to excessive driving ( >50 blows /6 inch) or the length in which the sampler is advanced beyond the increment by a single blow. The records will note whether the static weight of the drill rods (WOR) or the static weight of the drill rods plus the hammer (W -0 -H) was required to advance the sampler beyond the sample interval. Sample descriptions in the soil test boring logs contain a descriptor of the relative density or consistency of each soil penetrated in the boring. Soil consistency is described using SPT N- values, using the terminology in the table. Soft Firm Penetration Resistance Relative ( Density 0 -4 Very Loose 5 -9 Loose 10 - 29 Medium Dense 30 - 50 Dense >50 Very Dense Correction to SPT Blow Count Dynamic Cone Penetrometer SILTS AND CLAYS Penetration Resistance (bpf) 0- 2 Very Soft 9 -15 15 -30 30 — 50 Consistency Stiff Very Stiff Hard >50 Very Hard Interpreted Soil Consistency Using SPT Blow Count Corrections to the Standard Penetration test N -value in sands have been developed to account for variations in confining stress, hole diameter, rod length and other factors. These corrections are frequently made in interpreting the N- values obtained in certain geologic environments. Under certain circumstances the corrected N- values may allow a more realistic appraisal of the relative density of sandy soils penetrated by the borings. But N- values presented on S &ME graphical boring records represent field blow counts and not modified blow counts. The dynamic cone penetrometer is a handheld penetrometer used to qualitatively estimate soil relative density or consistency in hand auger borings or test pits. At selected intervals, the penetrometer is inserted into the open boring. The conical point of the penetrometer is first seated 1 -3/4 inches to penetrate any loose cuttings in the boring, then driven two additional 1 -3/4 inch increments by a 15 pound hammer falling 20 inches. The number of hammer blows required to achieve this penetration is recorded. When properly evaluated by qualified professional staff, the blow count is an index to the soil strength and ability to support foundations. • • • N • • • MEASUREMENT OF STATIC WATER LEVELS Water level readings are made in the open boreholes immediately after completing drilling and withdrawal of the tools. Where feasible, measurements are repeated after an elapsed period of 24 hours to gauge the stabilized water level. Procedures for measurement of liquid levels in open boreholes are described in ASTM D 4750, "Standard Test Method for Determining Subsurface Liquid Levels in a Borehole or Monitoring Well (Observation Well)." We note that ground water levels are influenced by precipitation, long term climatic variations, and nearby construction. Ground water measurements made a different times than our exploration may indicate ground water levels substantially different than indicated on the boring records in the Appendix. Weighted Tape Method A weighted measuring tape is slowly lowered into each borehole until the liquid surface is penetrated by the weighted end. The reading on the tape is recorded at a reference point on the surface and compared to the reading at the demarcation of the wetted and unwetted portions of the tape. The difference between the two readings is recorded as the depth of the liquid surface below the reference point. Measurements made by this method are then repeated until approximately consistent values are obtained. Calibrated Electric Cable Method A calibrated cable with electrical wire encased, equipped with a weighted sensing tip at one end and an electric meter at the other, is slowly lowered into each borehole until the liquid surface is penetrated by the weighted end. Contact with the water closes an electric circuit and is recorded by the meter. The depth reading on the cable is then recorded relative to a reference point on the surface. Measurements made by this method are then repeated until approximately consistent values are obtained. Time of Boring Reading The level of free water standing in the boring is noted immediately following completion of each boring, except where the boring is performed using rotary mud drilling and the presence of the drilling mud in the open boring precludes determining a free water level. Where the water table is believed to be shallow we may attempt to drill a shallow parallel open boring immediately 'adjacent to allow us to measure the free water level. 24 -Hour Reading Ground water in low permeability soils may require many hours to seep into the open borings. Where feasible, measurements are repeated after an elapsed period of at least 24 hours to gauge the stabilized water level. Notes on the boring records will indicate the actual elapsed time between completion of drilling and final recording of ground- water level. Both time of boring and 24 -hour readings are indicated on the boring records where these readings are available. Caving /Collapse of Boring Collapse of the boring or caving of the sides and filling of the bottom of the boring may occur during the period subsequent to completion of the boring. While it is common for caving or callapse to occur within two or three feet of the static water level, accumulation of water on top of the collapsed material could result where infiltration from the surface occurs. In this case a misleading level could result. When obtaining water levels in a boring we attempt to measure the full depth of the boring to provide an indication as to whether caving or collapse may have occurred and a notation i made on the boring record. Loss /Gain of Drilling Fluid Boring Records will indicate depths at which changes in volume of drilling fluid returning to the surface are noted. This implies that some fluid pumped down the drill pipe is entering the soil, or that fluid is entering the boring under pressure from the soil. Flow can occur through open-graded sand or gravel or open joints in rock, or could indicate open voids in the soil. Fluid loss can also occur when cuttings are not washed out and the borehole annulus becomes restricted, resulting in increased down -hole pressure. Installation of Temporary PVC Casing (Observation Well) Water level readings taken during boring operations do not provide information on long term fluctuations of the water table. In several of the borings, a temporary observation well was constructed by inserting PVC casing to the indicated depth. A slotted PVC well screen is attached to the bottom of the PVC pipe to allow subsurface water to enter the well. Soil • O I • • MI • is mounded around the observation wells at the ground surface to prevent surface runoff from entering the boreholes. CPT Methods CPT penetration pore pressures include the in - situ equilibrium pore pressure, controlled by the local ground water regime, and the excess pore pressure, generated by insertion of the probe. In clays and silts, penetration is essentially undrained and recorded pore pressures significantly exceed in -situ equilibrium pore pressures. In sands and gravels, penetration is essentially drained and recorded pore pressures are essentially equal to the in -situ equilibrium pore pressure. The piezometric surface, defined as the point of zero equilibrium pore pressure, was obtained by plotting in -situ equilibrium pore pressure vs. depth using only pore pressure data from sand or gravel soils. Where possible, derived piezometric surface was verified by tape measurement through the sounding opening after removal of the CPT rod and before collapse of the soils. Free Water Surface vs. Piezometric Surface The ground -water characteristics of a soil profile consisting of alternating beds of pervious and relatively impervious soils is difficult to define by a single set of borings or wells. Borings or wells extending through relatively impervious soils into an aquifer may indicate a piezometric surface which can exist well above the top of the saturated, fully confined aquifer. In this case the measured water level in the boring or well indicates the piezometric surface — an imaginary surface that everywhere coincides with the static water level in an aquifer — not necessarily the free water surface in the surrounding soils. Borings or wells may also reflect the presence of unconfined ground water separated from an underlying body of ground water by an unsaturated zone. A perched water table may exist over a limited area at an elevation above the normal free water elevation by an intervening impervious zone. Perched water from shallow depth entering the boring from the surface may accumulate at depth. Water entering the boring from multiple aquifers may provide a reading at some level independent of the static water level in any one layer. • • • • TERMINATION OF DRILLING AND SAMPLING The boring records indicate the circumstances under which drilling or excavation was terminated. Borings or test pits advanced to their assigned depths and intentionally terminated are indicated as such on the boring or test pit records. Boreholes or test pits may also be prematurely terminated due to encountering dense strata or other obstructions which prevent further advance. Refusal to Augers The term "refusal" in the context of this report refers to the inability of the drill rig employed on the project to further advance the boring with the type of soil auger and bit in use. Practical refusal of the tools may take the form of binding or seizing of the bit, "walking off' of the drill string, or liftoff of the rig itself when the operator attempts to crowd the kelly. The term refusal is not used to describe zero penetration of the split spoon sampler in 50 blows. In natural soils, refusal to the soil drilling methods used at a particular site may result from encountering hard cemented soil, soft weathered rock, coarse gravel, cobbles or boulders, thin rock seams, or the upper surface of sound continuous rock. In fill zones, refusal may also occur from encountering buried debris or objects within the fill mass. The composition and density of materials below the refusal level of the borings can not be reliably estimated based on the boring data. Core drilling would be required to determine the character and continuity, strength, compressibility and bearing capacity of materials below refusal of the soil auger in natural soils. Exploration of debris laden fill would require use of machine excavated test pits at refusal locations. Additional Probe Borings Performed at Refusal Locations Where refusal is encountered at shallow depth (typically less than 15 feet) in a site with deep cuts anticipated, one or more additional auger borings may be performed at locations offset 10 to 20 feet from the original location. The purpose of these offset borings would be to attempt to gauge whether initial refusal occurred on a boulder or lens. Where offset borings are performed, the strategy used to further define the profile of the obstruction(s) is discussed in the report text. Offset borings are designated with the original boring number with the suffix "A" , "B ", or "C" added as appropriate. • - • - Refusal to Augers in Fill Soils Where fills are present refusal to drilling may result from encountering buried debris, building materials, or objects. Where the operator judges the material to consist predominantly of rockfill or other debris, borings may also be discontinued to avoid twisting -off of the drill string. In each case, backhoe test pits would be required to expose and identify buried materials below refusal levels in filled areas. Test Pit Refusal to Machine Excavation Refusal to the excavator used at the test pits may have resulted from encountering hard cemented soil, soft weathered rock, coarse gravel, cobbles or boulders, thin rock seams, or the upper surface of sound continuous rock. Since a test pit represents a confined excavation, refusal to digging will vary depending on the size of the bucket. Core drilling is required to determine the character and continuity of materials below refusal of the excavator. METHODS FOR CLOSING AND PROTECTION OF BOREHOLES Depending on the level of protection required at the surface, different procedures for abandoning the borings may be used State regulations may also mandate certain procedures under some circumstances. The report text will indicate which procedure was used to abandon the soil borings. Boreholes Closed Immediately with Auger Cuttings Boreholes in areas subject to foot traffic or farm animals are closed immediately after drilling. Boreholes are filled by slowly pouring auger cuttings into the open hole such that minimal "bridging" of the material occurs in the hole. Backfill in the upper two feet of each hole is tamped as heavily as possible with a shovel handle or other hand held equipment, and the backfill crowned to direct rainfall away on the surface. Where boreholes exceeds five feet in depth, a plastic hole plug is firmly tamped into place within the backfill at a depth of about two feet. Boreholes Barricaded and Subsequently Filled with Cuttings Boreholes in areas subject to foot traffic or farm animals are barricaded immediately after drilling using inverted traffic cones. After completing 24 -hour water measurements, • - - boreholes are filled by slowly pouring auger cuttings into the open hole such that minimal "bridging" of the material occurs in the hole. Backfill in the upper two feet of each hole is tamped as heavily as possible with a shovel handle or other hand held equipment, and the Backfill crowned to direct rainfall away on the surface. Where boreholes exceed five feet in depth, a plastic hole plug is firmly tamped into place within the backfill at a depth of about two feet. Borehole Closure with Grout Boreholes are barricaded immediately after drilling using inverted traffic cones. After completing 24 -hour water measurements, boreholes are filled using forced injection or tremie methods by a cement - bentonite or a neat cement grout up to the ground surface. Closure of Test Pits and Trenches • • • • 1 After completion of excavation, test pits are backfilled with the spoil material; however, since the pits are narrow, deep excavations, very limited compactive effort can be applied to the backfill. Backfill is bucket - tamped during placement and surface rolled. The backfill is heaped up slightly above the level of the ground surface to reduce the possibility of future formation of a depression in the ground surface after the spoil has consolidated. Patching of Asphalt Surfaces Where specified in our scope fo work, penetrations of asphalt surfaces made during the drilling process are patched using compacted asphalt cold patch material. Cold patch asphalt is placed to provide a surface flush with existing pavement adjacent to the boring. Cold patch asphalt is compacted by tamping it into the boring with a shovel handle or similar hand held equipment. Patching of Concrete Surfaces Where specified in our scope of work, penetrations or cores through concrete surfaces in areas subject to foot traffic are patched using a high strength, quick setting concrete grout. Grout is placed to provide a surface flush with existing pavement adjacent to the boring. The borehole location is barricaded to prevent traffic in the area of the patch for a minimum of 4 hours. • • • • • • • PRESERVATION AND HANDLING OF SOIL SAMPLES Procedures for preserving soil samples obtained in the field and transportation of samples to the laboratory generally follow those given in ASTM D 4220, "Standard Practice for Preserving and Transporting Soil Samples" for one of four groups of samples described in section 4. Sample groups are designated A through D, each group representing progressively greater effort to control the integrity and moisture content of the sample. Soil Samples without Moisture Control — ASTM Group A Group A samples are those samples not suspected of being contaminated and for which only a general visual description will be performed. These samples include bulk or stockpile samples transported in open containers, or jar or bag samples that are not sealed. No attempt is made to maintain samples at the field moisture content value. Representative samples of the cuttings or split spoon samples, or representative bulk samples, are placed in suitably identified, non - sealed containers and transported to the laboratory. Sample identification numbers on the containers correspond to sample numbers recorded on field boring records or test pit records. Soil Samples with Control of Field Moisture — ASTM Group B Group B samples are those samples not suspected of being contaminated and for which only water content and classification, Proctor, relative density, or profile logging will be performed. Group B samples also include portions of bulk samples intended to be remolded in the laboratory for compaction, swell pressure, percent swell, consolidation, permeability, CBR, or shear testing, which are segregated from the sample to preserve natural water content. Representative samples of the cuttings or split spoon samples, or representative bulk samples, are placed in suitably identified, sealed glass jars or plastic containers and transported to the laboratory. Sample identification numbers on the containers correspond to sample numbers recorded on field boring records or test pit records. Thin - walled tube samples are sealed at the ends with paraffin and capped with plastic end caps. • MINI MI Intact Soil Samples — ASTM Group C Group C samples are intact, naturally formed or field fabricated, samples for density determination, swell pressure, percent swell, permeability testing or shear testing with or without stress - strain plots or volume change measurement, including dynamic and cyclic testing. These samples must be obtained and handled in ways that will preserve the natural soil fabric and stratification with little disturbance. Representative thin walled tube samples must be protected against vibration or shock, or extreme heat or cold, during transport to the laboratory. Sample identification numbers on the containers correspond to sample numbers recorded on field boring records or test pit records. Thin - walled tube samples are sealed at the ends with paraffin and capped with plastic end caps. Samples are transported in the upright position in containers providing complete encasement in cushioning or insulation for individual samples. Sensitive Soil Samples — ASTM Group D Group D samples are intact, naturally formed or field fabricated, samples of high sensitivity or fragility which will be subjected to density determination, swell pressure, percent swell, permeability testing or shear testing with or without stress- strain plots or volume change measurement, including dynamic and cyclic testing. Representative thin- walled tube samples are protected against vibration or shock, or extreme heat or cold, during transport to the laboratory in specially loaded, metal or wood reusable containers. Sample identification numbers on the containers correspond to sample numbers recorded on field boring records or test pit records. Thin - walled tube samples are sealed at the ends with paraffin and capped with plastic end caps. Samples are transported in the same position as the sampling orientation in sufficient packing material to provide complete encasement and cushioning or insulation for individual samples. Transport of the samples is supervised by a qualified person at all times. • • M • • • • • 1 SAMPLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER All samples are assigned a laboratory identification number upon arrival. In most cases the laboratory identification number corresponds to the boring and sample numbers assigned in the field and shown on field boring records. A list is prepared which matches the laboratory tests to the field or laboratory identification numbers. When requesting laboratory testing, both the field identification number and the laboratory identification number (if different) are used on the request form. SAMPLE STORAGE All soil samples that are Group B or higher are transported and stored to maintain moisture content as close as possible to natural conditions. Samples are not placed in direct sunlight. Undisturbed soil samples are stored in an upright position with the top side of the sample up. As storage time increases, moisture will migrate within a tube or condense within a sample jar. Potential for disturbance and moisture migration increases with time. Excessive storage time can lead to sample disturbance that will affect strength and compressibility properties. Additionally, stress relaxation, temperature changes over time also affect sample performance. All samples are discarded after 60 days or are returned to the client. Where tests are carried out on samples more than 30 days old, a notation is made on the test report. Long term storage may result in excessive adhesion of the soil to the Shelby tube. Resistance to extrusion may cause intemal failures to occur in some soils during extrusion. Often these failures cannot be seen by the naked eye. If these samples are tested as "undisturbed" specimens, the results may be misleading. Where "old" Shelby tube samples are proposed for strength tests, S &ME may recommend x -ray radiography (ASTM D 4452) or oedometer tests assess the sample condition prior to using the strength test data. Extrusion and Trimming of Groups B or C Samples Undisturbed samples are stored in the vertical position in the laboratory. Samples are extruded from the thin - walled sampler, using a specially constructed extruder, in the same direction of travel as the sample entered the tube during sampling. In certain cases it may be necessary to cut the tube into short sections to facilitate removal of the soil without compressing or disturbing the sample. Specimens are trimmed using a wire saw or steel straightedge. Where removal of pebbles or crumbling resulting from trimming causes voids on the surface of the specimens selected for quantitative laboratory testing, they are filled with remolded soil obtained, from the trimmed portion of the sample. MAJOR DIVISIONS ( (2) (3) UCS (4) DESCRIPTION (5) VISUAL APPEARANCE (6) Coarse Grained Soils > 50% of Material retained by #200 Sieve Gravel and Gravelly Soils Y >50% of Coarse Fraction Retained b y #4 Sieve Clean ravels o <10 /° fines GW <15% Sand Well- Graded Gravel Wide range in gravel sizes with substantial amounts of intermediate sizes >15% Sand - Well- Graded Gravel with Sand GP <15% Sand Poorly Graded Gravel Predominately one size or range of sizes with some intermediate sizes missing >15% Sand Poorly Graded Gravel with Sand Gravel with Fines GM >15% ML/ MH Fines Silty Gravel Nonplastic or low plasticity fines GC >15% CL /CH Fines Clayey Gravel Plastic fines Sands and Sandy Soils >50% of Coarse Fraction Passes #4 Sieve Clean Sands <1 O% fines S`" <15% Gravel Well- Graded Sand Wide range in sand sizes with substantial amounts of intermediate sizes >15% Gravel Well- Graded Sand with Gravel SP <15% Gravel Poorly- Graded Sand Predominately one size or wit intermediate range of size sizes h some missing >15% Gravel Poorly- Graded Sand with Gravel Sands with Fines SM <15% Gravel Silty Sand Nonplastic or low plasticity fines >15% Gravel Silty Sand with Gravel SC <15% Gravel Clayey Sand Plastic fines >15% Gravel Clayey Sand with Gravel Fine Grained Soils >50% of Material Smaller Sieve Low Plasticity Silts and Clays LL < 50% ML <15% sand Silt No to slight dry strength, quick to slow dilatancy, no toughness 15-25% sand Silt with Sand >30% sand Sandy Silt CL <15% sand Lean Clay Y Medium to high dry strength, none to very slow dilatancy, medium toughness 15 -25% sand Lean Clay with Sand >30% sand Sandy Lean Clay Elastic Silts and Fat Clays LL > 50% MH <15% sand Elastic Silt Slight to med dry strength, none to slow dilatancy, slight to med toughness 15 -25% sand Elastic Silt with Sand >30% sand Sandy Elastic Silt CH <15% sand Fat Clay Y High to very high dry strength, no dilatancy, high toughness 15 -25% sand Fat Clay with Sand >30% sand Sandy Fat Clay Organic Soils LL(oven dried) < L L(in - situ) OL/OH <15% sand Organic Soil Slight to high dry strength, none to slow dilatancy, slight to med toughness 15 -25% sand Organic Soil with Sand >30% sand Sandy Organic Soil Highly Organic Soils PT Peat, Humus, Muck, Swamp Soils Odor, fibrous texture, color UNIFIED SOIL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM Recovered samples are classified in accordance with one or more of the classification systems described below. The geotechnical engineer also prepares the final boring records enclosed with the report. Unified Classification System Soil classification performed in general accordance with ASTM D 2487, "Standard Practice for Description and Identification of Soils" is based on laboratory analyses of grain size distribution and plasticity indices for selected samples. The system is limited to materials passing a 3 -inch sieve, and provides 99 classifications for sands, gravels, silts, clays, and organic soils. Unified Classification System (Visual - Manual Method) Soils classified in general accordance with ASTM D 2488, "Standard Practice for Description and Identification of Soils (Visual - Manual Method)" are based on visual - manual manipulation of samples and do not rely on laboratory classification tests. The system provides 67 soil classifications for sands, gravels, silts, clays and organic soils. When used, reports will state that classification was based on visual - manual procedures. Minimum Sample Size Minimum required sample size by maximum particle size: o No. 4 sieve 100g o 3/8 in 200g o 3/4 in 1.0 kg (2.2 1b) o 1 -1/2 in 8.0 kg (18 lb) o 3 in 60.0 kg (132 lb) If the field sample is smaller than the minimum amount, the description includes the remark, "Field sample size smaller than recommended." Filled or Processed Materials The UCS system is limited to naturally occurring soils only. Where UCS classifications are applied to manmade fill or processed materials, the soil symbols and descriptive names are shown in quotation marks and the soil narrative descriptions contain the notation that they are processed from manmade materials or have been placed into position by human activity. Simplified Classification Table for Visual - Manual Procedure — ASTM D 2488 omitting some dual classifications $S&ME ubsurfa e- pro le is are a principal calls delays, cot overrules, claims, nd disputer Geotechnical Engineering Report ri ca hate all sire a The fd lib or VOL' not ks, you an age he is provided to help. Geotechnical Services Are Performed, for Specific Purposes , P tins, and Projects Geotechnical engineers structure their services to meet the specific needs of their clients, A geotechnical engineering study conducted for a civil engi- neer may not fulfill the needs of a construction contractor or even another civil engineer. Because each geotechnical engineering study is unique, each geotechnical engineering report is unique, prepared solely for the client. No one except you should rely on your geotecheical engineering report without first conferring witty the geotechnical engineer who prepared it. And no one not even you should apply the report for any purpose or project except the one originally contemplated. R d the Full Report Serious problems have acct rred because those relying on a geotechnical engineering report did not read it all. Do not rely on an executive summary: Do not read selected elements only. A Geetechnical ,, a er Report Is Rased on A Unique Set of Project- dim Factors Geotechnical engineers consider a number of unique, project- specific fac- tors when establishing the scope of a study. Typical factors include: the client's goals, objectives, and risk management preferences; the general nature of the structure involved, its size, and configuration; the location of the structure on the site; and other planned or existing site improvements, such as access roads, parking lots, and underground utilities. finless the geotechnical engineer who conducted the study specifically indicates oth- erwise, do not rely on a geotechnical engineering report that was: not prepared for you, not prepared for your project, not prepared for the specific site explored, or ompieted before important project changes were made. Typical changes `hat can erode the reliability of an existing gealechnlca engineering report :include those that affect: the function of the proposed structure. as when it's changed from a parking garage to an office building, or from a light industrial plant to arefrigerated warehouse, elevation, configuration, location, orientation, or weight of the proposed structure, composition of the design team, or project ownership, As a general rule, always inform your geotechnical engineer of project changes- -even minor tines- -and regaest an assessment of their impact. Geotechnical engineers cannot accept responsibility or liability for problems that o cur because their reports do not consider developments of which they were not informed. Subsurface SaniStions Can Change A geotechnical engineering report is based on conditions that existed at the time the study was performed, Do not rely on a geotechnical engineer- ing reportwhose adequacy may have been affected by: the passage of time; by man -made events, such as construction on or adjacent t0 the site; or by natural events, such as floods, earthquakes, or groundwater fluctua- Mons. Always contact the geotechnical engineer before applying the report to determine if it is still reliable A minor amount of additional testing or analysis could prevent major problems. dl t ions Beaten" Findings Are Professional Site exploration identifies subsurface conditions only at those points where subsurface tests are conducted or samples are taken. Geotechnical ergi- veers review field and laboratory data and then appply their professional judgment to render an opinion about subsurface conditions throughout the site, Actual subsurface conditions may differ— sometimes significantly— from those indicated in your weport. Retaining the geotechnical engineer who developed your report to provide construction observation is the most effective method of managing the risks associated with unanticipated conditions: A Report's Recommendations Are Not Ftna Do not overrely on the construction recommendations included in your report. Those recomrnendations are not final. because geotechnical engi - neers develop them principally from judgment and opinion. Geotechnical engineers can finalize their recommendations only by observing actual subsurface conditions revealed during construction. The geotechnical engineer who developed your report cannot assume responsibility or liability for the reports recommendations if that engineer does riot pettorm construction observation. A Geoteclrnical Engineerbig Report is Subject to Misinterpretation Other design team members' misinterpretation of geotechnical engineering reports has resulted in costly problems. Lower that risk by having your geo- technical engineer confer with appropriate members of the design team after submitting the report. Also retain your geotechnical engineer to review perti- nent e omen's of the design team's plans and specifications. Contractors ran also misinterpret a geotechnical engineering report, Reduce that risk by having your geotechnical engineer participate in prebid and preconstruction onferences, and by providing construction observation, o Not Redraw the Engineer's Logs Seotechnicai engineers prepare final boring and testing logs based upon their interpretation of field logs and laboratory data. To prevent errors or omissions, the logs included in a geotechnical engineering report should never be redrawn for inclusion in architectural or other design drawings. Only photograph'c or electronic reproduction is acceptable, but recognize that separating logs from the report can elevate risk. Give Contractors a Complete Report and Guidance Some owners and design professionals mistakenly believe they can make contractors liable for unanticipated subsurface conditions by limiting what they provide for bid preparation. To help prevent costly problems, give con- rectors the complete geotechnical engineering report, but preface it with a clearly written letter of transmittal. In that letter, advise contractors that the report was not prepared for purposes of bid development and tnat the report's accuracy is limited; encourage 'hem to confer with the geotechnical engineer who prepared the report (a modest fee may be required) and /or to conduct additional study to obtain the specific types of information they need or prefer, A prebid conference can also be valuable. Be sure contrac- tors have sufficient time to perform additional study. Only then might you be in a position to give contractors the best information available to you, while requiring them to at least share some of the financial responsibilities stemming from unanticipated conditions. Read Responsibility Provisions Closely Some clients design professionals, and contractors do not recognize that geotechnical engineering is far less exact than other engineering disci- plines This lack of understanding has created unrealistic expectations that ASPE THE BEST PEOPLE ON EARTH have led to disappointments, claims, and disputes. To hemp reduce the risk of such outcomes, geotechnical engineers commonly include a variety of explanatory provisions in their reports. Sometimes labeled "limitations" many of these provisions indicate where geotechnical engineers' responsi- bilities begin and end, to help others recognize their own responsibilities and risks. Read these provisions closely Ask questions. Your geotechnical engineer should respond fully and frankly. Geoenvironmental Concerns Are Not Covered The equipment, techn qi ;es and personnel used to perform a geoenviron- mental study differ significantly from those used to perform a geotechnical' study. For that reascr oeotechnical engineering report does not usually relate any geoenvironmental findings, conclusions, or recommendations; e.g., about the likelihood of encountering underground storage tanks or regulated contaminants. Unanticipated environmental problems have led to numerous project failures. if you have not yet obtained your own geoen- vironmental inform.ation, ask your geotechnical consultant for risk man- agement guidance. Do not rely on an environmental report prepared for someone else. Obtain ' Professional Assisteace To Deal with Mold Diverse strategies can be applied during building design. construction, operation, and maintenance to prevent significant amounts of mold from growing on indoor surfaces. To be effective, all such strategies should be devised for the express purpose of mold prevention, integrated into a com- prehensive plan, and exec .:fed with diligent oversight by a professional mold prevention consultant. Because just a small amount of water or moisture can lead to the development of severe mold infestations, a num- ber of mold prevention strategies focas on keeping building surfaces dry. While groundwater, water infiltration, and similar issues may have been addiessed as part o` the geotechrical engineering study whose findings are conveyed in this report, the geotechnical engineer in charge of this project is not a mold prevention consultant; none of the services per- formed in connection with the geotechnical engineer's study were designed or conducted for the purpose of mold preven- tion. Proper implementation of the recommendations conveyed in this report will not of itself be sufficient to prevent mold from rowing in or on the structure involved. Gel , en Your ASFE-Member Geotechncial Engineer for Afditl i Assistance Membership in ASFE/Ter B €sr PEOPLE ON Ef exposes geotech engineers to a wide array of risk management techniques that can be of genuine benefit for everyone involved with a construction project. Confer with your ASFE - member geotechnical engineer for more information, 8811 Colesville Road /Suite G106, Silver Spring, MD 20910 Telephone: 3011565-2733 Facsimile: 301/589 -2017 e- mail: info asfe.urg 'v Copyright 2004 by ASFE, Inc. Duplication, reproduction, or copying of this document, . in whole or In part, by any means whatsoever, is strictly prohibited, except Y tb AWES specific written permission. Excerpting, quoting, or otherwise extracting wording from this document is permitted only with the express mitten permission of ASFE, and only for purposes of scholarly research or book review Only members of ASFE may use this document as a complement to or as an element of a geotechnical engineering report. Any other firm, individual, or other entity that so uses this document without being an ASFE member could be airmailing negligent or intentional (fraudulent) misrepresentation IUGERO60 5.0MR SECTION 02230 — SITE CLEARING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A. Clearing and grubbing includes, but is not limited to, removing from the Project site, trees, stumps, roots, brush, structures, abandoned utilities, trash, debris and all other materials found on or near the surface of the ground in the construction area and understood by generally accepted engineering practice not to be suitable for construction of the type contemplated: Precautionary measures that prevent damage to existing features, including trees, to remain shall be part of the Work. B. Clearing and grubbing operations shall be coordinated with temporary and permanent erosion and sedimentation control procedures. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The Contractor shall comply with applicable codes, ordinances, rules, regulations and laws of local, municipal, state or federal authorities having jurisdiction over the Project. All required permits of a temporary nature shall be obtained for construction operations by the Contractor. Open burning WILL NOT be allowed 1.3 JOB CONDITIONS A. Location of the Work: The area to be cleared and grubbed is shown schematically on the Drawings or specified below. It includes all areas designated for construction, which is typically limited to the utility easement shown. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT A. The Contractor shall furnish equipment of the type normally used in clearing and grubbing operations including, but not limited to, tractors, trucks, loaders and root rakes. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SCHEDULING OF CLEARING A. The Contractor shall clear at each construction site only that length of the right -of -way, permanent or construction easement which would be the equivalent of two week's pipe laying. This length shall be determined from the Contractor's Progress Schedule. B. The Engineer may permit clearing for additional lengths of the pipe line provided that temporary erosion and sedimentation controls are in place and a satisfactory stand of temporary grass is established. Should a satisfactory stand of grass not be possible, no additional clearing shall be permitted beyond that specified above. SITE CLEARING 02230 -1 C. A satisfactory stand of grass shall have no bare spots larger than one square yard. Bare spots shall be scattered and the bare area shall not comprise more than one percent of any given area. 3.2 CLEARING AND GRUBBING A. Clear and grub no more than 3 feet on each side of the pipeline before excavating. Remove all trees, growth, debris, stumps and other objectionable matter. Clear the construction easement or road right -of -way only if necessary. B. Materials to be cleared, grubbed and removed from the Project site include, but are not limited to, all trees, stumps, roots, brush, trash, organic matter, paving, miscellaneous structures, houses, debris and abandoned utilities. C. Grubbing shall consist of completely removing roots, stumps, trash and other debris from all graded areas so that topsoil is free of roots and debris. Topsoil is to be left sufficiently clean so that further picking and raking will not be required. D. All stumps, roots, foundations and planking embedded in the ground shall be removed and disposed of. Piling and butts of utility poles shall be removed to a minimum depth of two feet below the limits of excavation for structures, trenches and roadways or two feet below finish grade, whichever is lower. E. Landscaping features shall include, but are not necessarily limited to, fences, cultivated trees, cultivated shrubbery, property corners, man -made improvements, subdivision and other signs within the right -of -way and easement. The Contractor shall take extreme care in moving landscape features and promptly re- establishing these features. F. Surface rocks and boulders shall be grubbed from the soil and removed from the site if not suitable as rip rap. G. Where the tree limbs interfere with utility wires, or where the trees to be felled are in close proximity to utility wires, the tree shall be taken down in sections to eliminate the possibility of damage to the utility. H. Any work pertaining to utility poles shall comply with the requirements of the appropriate utility. I. All fences adjoining any excavation or embankment that, in the Contractor's opinion, may be damaged or buried, shall be carefully removed, stored and replaced. Any fencing that, in the Engineer's opinion, is significantly damaged shall be replaced with new fence material. J. The Contractor shall exercise special precautions for the protection and preservation of trees, cultivated shrubs, sod, fences, etc. situated within the limits of the construction area but not directly within excavation and/or fill limits. The Contractor shall be held liable for any damage the Contractor's operations have inflicted on such property. The Contractor shall be responsible for repairs and/or replacement of all damages to existing improvements resulting from Contractor's operations. SITE CLEARING 02230 - 2 3.3 DISPOSAL OF DEBRIS A. The debris resulting from the clearing and grubbing operation shall be hauled to a disposal site secured by the Contractor and shall be disposed of in accordance with all requirements of federal, state, county and municipal regulations. No debris of any kind shall be deposited in any stream or body of water, or in any street or alley. No debris shall be deposited upon any private property except with written consent of the property owner. In no case shall any material or debris be left on the Project, shoved onto abutting private properties or buried on the Project. END OF SECTION SITE CLEARING 02230 -3 SECTION 02240 - DEWATERING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY . This Section includes construction dewatering. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS Dewatering Performance: Design, provide, test, operate, monitor, and maintain a dewatering system of sufficient scope, size, and capacity to control ground -water flow into excavations and permit construction to proceed on dry, stable subgrades. 1. Work includes removing dewatering system when no longer needed. 2. Maintain dewatering operations to ensure erosion is controlled, stability of excavations and constructed slopes is maintained, and flooding of excavation and damage to structures are prevented. 3. Prevent surface water from entering excavations by grading, dikes, or other means. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer to assume engineering responsibility and perform dewatering who has specialized in installing dewatering systems similar to those required for this Project and with a record of successful in- service performance. B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with water disposal requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by the Owner or others unless permitted in writing by the Engineer and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated. B. Project Site Information: Groundwater levels have been recorded at several locations along the sewer route. These locations and groundwater levels are indicated on the plans. Owner will not be responsible for interpretations or conclusions drawn from this data by Contractor. The contractor is responsible for making additional test borings or other exploratory operations to determine extent of groundwater conditions throughout the project. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION DEWATERING 02240 - 1 3.1 PREPARATION A. Prevent surface water and subsurface or ground water from entering excavations, from ponding on prepared subgrades, and from flooding site and surrounding area. Protect subgrades and foundation soils from softening and damage by rain or water accumulation. 3.2 DEWATERING A. Install dewatering system utilizing wells, well points, or similar methods complete with pump equipment, standby power and pumps, filter material gradation, valves, appurtenances, water disposal, and surface -water controls. B. Before excavation below ground -water level, place system into operation and then operate it continuously until drains, sewers, and structures have been constructed and fill materials have been placed, or until dewatering is no longer required. C. Provide an adequate system to lower and control ground water to permit excavation, construction of structures, and placement of fill materials. D. Dispose of water removed from excavations in a manner to avoid endangering public health, property, and portions of work under construction or completed. Dispose of water in a manner to avoid inconvenience to others. Provide sumps, sedimentation tanks, and other flow - control devices as required by authorities having jurisdiction. Remove dewatering system from Project site on completion of dewatering. Plug or fill well holes with sand or cut off and cap wells a minimum of 36 inches below overlying construction. END OF SECTION 02240 DEWATERING 02240 - 2 SECTION 02300 - EARTHWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Excavating and backfilling trenches for buried utilities. 1.2 UNIT PRICES A. Rock Measurement: Volume of rock actually removed, measured in original position, but not to exceed the following: 1. 6 inches beneath pipe in trenches, and the greater of 24 inches wider than pipe or 42 inches wide. Borrow pit material unit prices shall include soil delivered (loose measure), placed and compacted. 1.3 DEFINITIONS Backfill: Soil materials used to fill an excavation. 1. Initial Backfill: Backfill placed beside and over pipe in a trench. 2. Final Backfill: Backfill placed over initial backfill to fill a trench. B. Bedding Course: Layer placed over the excavated subgrade in a trench before laying pipe and to %z pipe depth. C. Borrow: Satisfactory soil imported from off -site for use as fill or backfill. D. Excavation: Removal of material encountered above subgrade elevations. 1. Additional Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations as directed by Engineer. Additional excavation and replacement material will be paid for according to Contract provisions for changes in the Work. 2. Unauthorized Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond indicated dimensions without direction by Engineer. Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work directed by Engineer, shall be without additional compensation. E. Fill: Soil materials used to raise existing grades. F. Rock: Rock material in beds, ledges, unstratified masses, and conglomerate deposits and boulders of rock material exceeding 1 cu. yd. for bulk excavation or 3/4 cu. yd. for footing, trench, and pit excavation that cannot be removed by rock excavating equipment equivalent to EARTHWORK 02300 - 1 the following in size and performance ratings, without systematic drilling, ram hammering, ripping, or blasting, when permitted: 1. Excavation of Footings, Trenches, and Pits: Late - model, track - mounted hydraulic excavator; equipped with a 42 -inch- wide, short- tip- radius rock bucket; rated at not less than 120 -hp flywheel power with bucket - curling force of not less than 25,000 lbf and stick -crowd force of not less than 18,700 lbf; measured according to SAE J -1179. G. Subgrade: Surface or elevation remaining after completing excavation, or top surface of a fill or backfill immediately below subbase, drainage fill, or topsoil materials. H. Utilities include on -site underground pipes, conduits, ducts, and cables, as well as underground services within buildings. I. Select Backfill: Borrow pit material placed from %2 pipe depth to 18" above pipe. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Each type of plastic warning tape. B. Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results for compliance of the following with requirements indicated: 1. Classification according to ASTM D 2487 of each borrow soil material proposed for fill and backfill. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Geotechnical Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency qualified according to ASTM E 329 to conduct soil materials and rock - definition testing, as documented according to ASTM D 3740 and ASTM E 548. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted in writing by Engineer and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Engineer not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions. 2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Engineer's written permission. 3. Contact utility- locator service for area where Project is located before excavating. 4. Contractor to repair to the satisfaction of the Engineer any aerial, surface, or subsurface improvements damaged during the course of the work not indicated to be removed on the plans. EARTHWORK 02300 - 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SOIL MATERIALS A. General: Provide borrow soil materials when sufficient satisfactory soil materials are not available from excavations. B. Satisfactory Soils: ASTM D 2487 soil classification groups GW, GP, GM, SW, SP, and SM, or a combination of these group symbols; free of rock or gravel larger than 3 inches in any dimension, debris, waste, frozen materials, vegetation, and other deleterious matter. C. Unsatisfactory Soils: ASTM D 2487 soil classification groups GC, SC, ML, MH, CL, CH, OL, OH, and PT, or a combination of these group symbols. 1. Unsatisfactory soils also include satisfactory soils not maintained within 2 percent of optimum moisture content at time of compaction. D. Backfill and Fill: Satisfactory soil materials. E. Bedding: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, ASTM C33, Graduation #67. F. Select Backfill: Georgia DOT Type 1, Class I and II. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Detectable Warning Tape: Acid- and alkali- resistant polyethylene film warning tape manufactured for marking and identifying underground utilities as manufactured by Reef Industries or approved equal. Color shall be green with printed message "Caution Sanitary Sewer Line Buried Below ". B. Detectable Tape: Detectable tape as manufactured by Reef Industries of Houston, Texas, or equal shall be installed during the backfill operation at a point 1 foot below the final finished grade. C. The detectable tape shall be a 5.5 mil composition film containing one layer of metalized foil laminate between two layers of inert plastic film specifically formulated for prolonged use underground. The tape shall be highly resistant to alkalis, acids and other destructive agents found in the soils. D. The detectable tape shall bear a continuous printed message "Caution Sanitary Sewer Line Buried Below." The message shall be printed in permanent ink formulated for prolonged use underground. Letters shall be clearly legible and have a minimum height of 1.2 inches. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION EARTHWORK 02300 - 3 A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by earthwork operations. B. Protect subgrades and foundation soils against freezing temperatures or frost. Provide protective insulating materials as necessary. C. Provide erosion - control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of soils and discharge of soil- bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways. 3.2 DEWATERING 1. Provide dewatering as indicated in Section 02240. 3.3 EXPLOSIVES A. Explosives: Obtain written permission from authorities having jurisdiction before bringing explosives to Project site or using explosives on Project site. All precautions must be taken to prevent damage to public or private property or to persons. The Contractor shall assume full liability for any damage that may occur during the use of explosives. No blast shall be used within 50 feet of pipe already installed. 3.4 EXCAVATION, GENERAL A. Classified Excavation: Excavation to subgrade elevations classified as earth and rock. Rock excavation will be paid for by adjusting the Contract Sum according to unit prices included in the Contract Documents. B. Excavation methods shall meet or exceed Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) construction industry standards. C. Excavation shall proceed in a conventional manner with satisfactory effort made to remove hard materials before the Engineer makes a determination of need for blasting. Predrilling and blasting will be allowed, if the Contractor can provide evidence for the Engineer's review that boring logs show that material cannot be excavated. Evidence will be provided for the Engineer's review and approval before predrilling and blasting is undertaken. D. All shoring, sheeting, and bracing required to perform and protect the excavation and to safeguard the employees and the public shall be performed. The failure of the Engineer to direct the placing of such protection shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for damage resulting from its omission. Whenever sheeting is driven to a depth below the elevation of the top of pipe, that portion of the sheeting below the elevation of the top of the pipe shall not be disturbed or removed. Sheeting left in place shall be cut off not less than 1 foot below finished grade. No sheeting shall be removed until the excavation is substantially backfilled as hereinafter specified. 3.5 EXCAVATION FOR UTILITY TRENCHES EARTHWORK 02300 - 4 Excavate trenches to indicated gradients, lines, depths, and elevations. Excavation shall be made by the open cut method unless otherwise specified or shown on the plans. B. Except where otherwise indicated, trench bottoms shall be not less than 12 inches wider nor more than 16 inches wider than the outside diameter of the pipe to be laid therein, and shall be excavated true to line, so that a clear space of not less than 6 inches nor more than 8 inches in width is provided on each side of the pipe. C. Trench Bottoms: Excavate trenches 4 inches deeper than bottom of pipe elevation to allow for bedding course. Hand excavate for bell of pipe. 1. Excavate trenches 6 inches deeper than elevation required in rock or other unyielding bearing material to allow for bedding course. 3.6 APPROVAL OF SUBGRADE A. Notify Resident Inspector when excavations have reached required subgrade. B. If Resident Inspector determines that unsatisfactory soil is present, continue excavation and replace with compacted backfill or fill material as directed. 1. Additional excavation and replacement material will be paid for according to Contract provisions for changes in the Work. C. Reconstruct subgrades damaged by freezing temperatures, frost, rain, accumulated water, or construction activities, as directed by Resident Inspector. 3.7 UNAUTHORIZED EXCAVATION A. Fill unauthorized excavations as directed by Engineer. 3.8 STORAGE OF SOIL MATERIALS A. Stockpile borrow materials and satisfactory excavated soil materials. Stockpile soil materials without intermixing. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust. 1. Stockpile soil materials away from edge of excavations. Do not store within drip line of remaining trees. 3.9 UTILITY TRENCH BACKFILL A. During excavation, material suitable for backfill shall be stored in an orderly manner a minimum distance of one times the depth of the excavation back from the edges of the trenches to avoid overloading and prevent slides or cave -ins. EARTHWORK 02300 - 5 B. Place and compact bedding course on trench bottoms and where indicated. Shape bedding course to provide continuous support for bells, joints, and barrels of pipes and for joints, fittings, and bodies of conduits. C. Place and compact initial backfill of select backfill material to a height of 18 inches over the utility pipe or conduit. Fill shall be placed in 6 inch layers. 1. Carefully compact material around pipe and bring backfill evenly up on both sides and along the full length of utility piping or conduit to avoid damage or displacement of utility system. D. Coordinate backfilling with utilities testing. Pipe joints, gravity blocks, service connections, and conflicts shall be left exposed until visually inspected and approved by the Utilities Inspector. E. Fill voids with approved backfill materials while shoring and bracing, and as sheeting is removed. F. Place and compact final backfill of satisfactory soil material to final subgrade. G. Install warning tape directly above utilities, 12 inches below finished grade, except 6 inches below subgrade under pavements and slabs. 3.10 COMPACTION OF BACKFILLS AND FILLS A. Place backfill and fill materials in layers not more than 6 inches in loose depth for material compacted by heavy compaction equipment, and not more than 4 inches in loose depth for material compacted by hand - operated tampers. B. Place backfill and fill materials evenly on all sides of structures to required elevations, and uniformly along the full length of each structure. C. Compact soil in areas not subject to traffic to not less than the following percentages of maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM D 698: 1. Select backfill material up to 18" above top of pipe, compact each layer of backfill or fill material at 92 percent. 2. Backfill material from 18" above pipe to ground surface, compact each layer of backfill or fill material at 85 percent. 3.11 GRADING A. General: Uniformly grade areas to a smooth surface, free from irregular surface changes. Comply with compaction requirements and grade to cross sections, lines, and elevations indicated. 1. Provide a smooth transition between adjacent existing grades and new grades. B. Site Grading: Scope grades to prevent ponding. EARTHWORK 02300 - 6 3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent geotechnical engineering testing agency to perform field quality- control testing. B. Allow testing agency to inspect and test subgrades and each fill or backfill layer. Proceed with subsequent earthwork only after test results for previously completed work comply with requirements. C. Testing agency will test compaction of soils in place according to ASTM D 1556, ASTM D 2167, ASTM D 2922, and ASTM D 2937, as applicable. Tests will be performed at the following locations and frequencies: EARTHWORK 1. Trench Backfill: At each compacted initial and final backfill layer, at least one test for each 150 feet or less of trench length, but no fewer than two tests. D. When testing agency reports that subgrades, fills, or backfills have not achieved degree of compaction specified, scarify and moisten or aerate, or remove and replace soil to depth required; recompact and retest until specified compaction is obtained. 3.13 PROTECTION A. Protecting Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic, freezing, and erosion. Keep free of trash and debris. Repair and reestablish grades where completed or partially completed surfaces become eroded, rutted, settled, or where they lose compaction due to subsequent construction operations or weather conditions. C. Where settling occurs before Project correction period elapses, remove finished surfacing, backfill with additional soil material, compact, and reconstruct surfacing. 1. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of finished surfacing to match adjacent work, and eliminate evidence of restoration to the greatest extent possible. 3.14 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS A. Disposal: Transport surplus satisfactory soil to designated storage areas on Owner's property. Stockpile or spread soil as directed by Engineer. 1. Remove waste material, including unsatisfactory soil, trash, and debris, and legally dispose of it off Owner's property. 3.15 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Excavation and backfilling for pipelines and appurtenances, expect as hereinafter provided for, will be considered as incidental to the construction of the various elements of the installation it is associated with, and no separate payment will be made therefore. 02300 - 7 B. When made at the direction of the Engineer, overcut, rock excavation and backfill to compensate for rock will be made at the unit contract price for rock excavation per cubic yard measured in place. C. When made at the direction of the Engineer, overcut and backfill to compensate for inadequate foundation will be paid for at the unit contract price for overcut and clean stone bedding, per ton of stone. D. Sheeting ordered to be left in place will be paid for at the unit contract price for sheeting left in place, per board foot. E. Joints in pavement will not be paid for separately. Pavement removal and replacement will be paid for at the unit contract price therefore, per square yard. END OF SECTION 02300 EARTHWORK 02300 - 8 SECTION 02530 SANITARY SEWERAGE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes sanitary sewerage. 1.02 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. Augusta Utilities Department's "Water & Sanitary Sewer Systems - Guidelines" (most recent edition); available at / /www.augustaga.gov/ departments /planning_zoning /dev_docs.asp. In the event that any specific item of work is not covered in this specification the above referenced document shall govern. 2. American Water Works Association (AWWA): a. C105, Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile Iron Pipe Systems. b. C110, Ductile -Iron and Gray -Iron Fittings, 3 in. Through 48 in. (75 mm Through 1200 mm), for Water. c. C111, Rubber - Gasket Joints for Ductile -Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. d. C205, Cement -Mortar Protective Lining and Coating for Steel Water Pipe - 4 in. (100 mm) and Larger - Shop Applied. e. C208, Dimensions for Fabricated Steel Water Pipe Fittings. f. C302, Reinforced Concrete Pressure Pipe, Noncylinder Type. g. C900, Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fabricated Fittings, 4 in. Through 12 in. (100 mm Through 300 mm), for Water Distribution. h. C905, Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fabricated Fittings, 14 in. Through 48 in. (100 mm Through 300 mm), for Water Transmission and Distribution. i. C517 Eccentric Plug Valves j. C550 Protective Epoxy Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants 3. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A36, Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. b. A48, Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings. c. C76, Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe. d. Al23, Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. e. C150, Standard Specification for Portland Cement. f. C151, Ductile -Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for Water. g. A167, Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat - Resisting Chromium - Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip. h. A240, Standard Specification for Heat - Resisting Chromium and Chromium- Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels. i. C361, Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Low -Head Pressure Pipe. SANITARY SEWERAGE 02530 -1 j. C425, Standard Specification for Compression Joints for Vitrified Clay Pipe and Fittings. k. C443, Standard Specification for Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe, Using Rubber Gaskets. I. A536, Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. m. C596, Test Method for Drying Shrinkage of Mortar Containing Hydraulic Cement. n. A615/A615M, Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. o. A746, Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Gravity Sewer Pipe. p. B139, Standard Specification for Phosphor Bronze Rod, Bar, and Shapes. q. C 14, Standard Specification for Concrete Sewer, Storm Drain, and Culvert Pipe. r. C387, Standard Specification for Packaged, Dry, Combined Materials for Mortar and Concrete. s. C443, Standard Specification for Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe, Using Rubber Gaskets. t. C478, Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections. u. C700, Standard Specification for Vitrified Clay Pipe, Extra Strength, Standard Strength, and Perforated. v. C923, Standard Specification for Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures, Pipes, and Laterals. w. D16, Standard Terminology for Paint, Related Coatings, Materials, and Applications. x. D 1248, Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Extrusion Materials for Wire and Cable. y. D1784, Standard Specification for Rigid Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds. z. D2241, Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pressure -Rated Pipe (SDR Series). aa. D2412, Standard Test Method for Determination of External Loading Characteristics of Plastic Pipe by Parallel -Plate Loading. bb. D3034, Standard Specification for Type PSM Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. cc. D3212, Standard Specification for Joints For Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. dd. D4101, Standard Specification for Propylene Plastic Injection and Extrusion Materials. ee. E329, Standard Specification for Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of Materials Used in Construction. ff. F477, Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe. gg. F593, Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bolts, Hex Cap Screws, and Studs. hh. F594, Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Nuts. ii. F679, Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Large- Diameter Plastic Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings. SANITARY SEWERAGE 02530 -2 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. DIP: Ductile Iron Pipe B. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic C. CCTV: Closed Circuit Television D. DR: Dimension Ratio 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Sewer Pipe 2. Manhole Connection Boots B. Action Submittals: 1. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, details, and attachments for the following; a. Cast -in -Place Manholes: Details of construction. b. Precast Manholes: Details of construction including frames and covers. c. Precast Base, Cones, and Top Slab Sections: Details of construction. d. Manholes Over Existing Piping: Plans and schedule for diverting flow. e. Precast concrete vaults 2. Information on gasket polymer properties. 3. Tee fabrication details. 4. Application methods, application requirements, and chemical resistance data for coating and lining products. 5. Quick setting grout design mix if required. Informational Submittals: 1. Field Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance requirements. 2. Proposed curing method for cast -in -place concrete structures. 3. Precast Manhole Sections: Manufacturer's results of tests performed on representative sections to be furnished. (if required) 4. Plan for diversion of flow during installation of manhole over existing piping. 5. Certificates: a. Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance attests that products furnished meet requirements of this section. b. Certified load test data for precast manhole steps. (if required) c. Certification of Calibration: Approved testing laboratory certificate if pressure gauge for pneumatic test has been previously used. If pressure gauge is new, no certificate is required. d. Certified statement from manufacturer of gaskets, setting forth that basic polymer used in gaskets and test results of physical properties of compound are in accordance with ASTM F477 for PVC pipe or AWWA C111 for ductile iron pipe. (if requested) SANITARY SEWERAGE 02530 -3 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS 6. Manufacturer's Written In -Plant Quality Control Program: Quality control procedures and materials testing to be used throughout manufacturing process. Submit prior to manufacture of any pipe for this Project. (if requested) 7. Test or historical performance data to verify that joint design meets requirements of these specifications. (if requested) 8. Provide pipe and pipe joint test results with delivery of pipe. Do not deliver pipe not meeting test requirements to Project Site. (if requested) 9. Manufacturer's written recommendations for pipe handling and installation. 10. Field Leakage Testing Plan: Submit at least 15 days in advance of the testing and include at least the following: a. Testing dates. b. Piping systems and sections to be tested. c. Test type. d. Method of isolation. e. Calculation of maximum allowable leakage for piping section(s) to be tested. 11. CCTV Inspection Equipment: Submit minimum 15 days prior to performing inspections: (if requested) a. Name and qualifications of inspection firm. b. Brand name and model number of video equipment to be used. 12. Pneumatic test results. (if requested) 13. PVC pipe deflection test results. (if requested) 14. CCTV inspection media and inspection logs. Media shall become property of Owner. A. CCTV Inspection Firm: Actively performed such services for minimum of 5 years. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Do not store plastic structures, pipe, and fittings in direct sunlight. B. Loading or unloading and storage of pipe, fittings, valves, etc. shall be done such that to avoid damage. All pipe shall be carefully examined before it is installed in the trench. Damaged pipe or pipe which does not meet specification requirements shall be rejected and removed from the work site. The interior of all pipe, fittings, valves, etc. shall be kept free of dirt and foreign matter at all times. C. Handle precast concrete manholes and other structures according to manufacturer's written rigging instructions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PIPE (PVC) GRAVITY SEWER A. 15 -Inch Diameter and Smaller Gravity Sewer: 1. In accordance with ASTM D3034. 2. Joints: Integral bell and spigot, in accordance with ASTM D3212. SANITARY SEWERAGE 02530 -4 A. Pipe: a. Minimum SDR: 35 3. Cell Classification: 12454 -B or 12454 -C, as defined by ASTM D1784. 4. Fittings: SDR 35 minimum wall thickness. 5. Gaskets: Factory fabricated rubber compression type with solid cross section in accordance with ASTM F477. Lubricant for joining pipe as approved by pipe manufacturer. B. 18 -Inch through 36 -Inch Gravity Diameter: 1. In accordance with ASTM F679. 2. Joints: Integral bell and spigot, in accordance with ASTM D3212. 3. Minimum SDR: 26 4. Minimum Pipe Stiffness: 115 psi when tested in accordance with ASTM D2412. 5. Cell Classification: Minimum 12454 -C, as defined by ASTM D1784. 6. Fittings: Wall thickness no less than wall thickness of equivalent size of pipe. 7. Gaskets: Factory fabricated rubber compression type with solid cross section conforming to ASTM F477. 2.02 DUCTILE IRON PIPE (DIP) GRAVITY SEWER 1. Conform to ASTM A746, AWWA C150 /ANSI A21.50 and AWWA C151 /ANSI A21.51. 2. Thickness Class 50, unless otherwise noted on drawings for gravity sewer. 3. Joints: Push -on with rubber gaskets conforming to AWWA C111. Lubricant for joining pipe as approved by pipe manufacturer. 4. Fittings: Ductile iron conforming to AWWA C110, lined and coated same as pipe. 5. Restrained Joint Pipe (RJP) Pipe, where indicated on plans as "(RJP) ", shall be as specified in paragraph 2.04. B. Lining: 1. Ceramic Epoxy: a. 40 -mil nominal lining consisting of ceramic particle- reinforced novolac epoxy, such as Protecto 401 by the Vulcan Group with installation by U.S. Pipe. b. Line interior of bell and exterior of spigot in joint sealing areas with 6 to 10 mils of specified lining. c. Surface Preparation: SP10 near -white abrasive blast. d. Pinhole Detection: 2,500 volts minimum over 100 percent of lined surfaces. C. Polyethylene Wrap and Tape for Ductile Iron Pipe: 1. Polyethylene Wrap: 8 mils, minimum thickness, conforming to AWWA C105. 2. Adhesive Tape: Thermoplastic pressure sensitive; minimum thickness of 8 mils; minimum width of 1 inch. 2.03 RESTRAINED JOINTS FOR PIPE, VALVES AND FITTINGS A. All force mains shall have restrained joints for pipes and mechanical joint valves and fittings as indicated on plans. Refer to Appendix of this specification for Fitting Restraint Schedules. SANITARY SEWERAGE 02530 -5 1. Restrained Joint DI Pipe (RJP) Pipe, where indicated on plans as RJP, shall he restrained joint pipe. Ductile iron RJP shall be push -on type joint equivalent to "Lok- Ring ", "TR Flex ", or "Super Lock ". 2.04 2. SERVICE CONNECTION PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Acceptable Pipe Materials: Polyvinyl chloride or Ductile iron as shown on the drawings. B. Use one type of service connection pipe material throughout, no interchanging of pipe and fittings allowed. Long- radius bends shall be used for changes in direction, unless approved otherwise by Engineer. Wye fittings shall be used for all service laterals. No tees permitted. C. Service laterals (side sewers) shall be constructed with a wye fitting at the street sewer, at least one 45- degree bend, a clean -out and plug. The maximum deflection permissible at any one fitting shall not exceed 45 degrees. The maximum deflection permissible at any combination of two adjacent fittings shall not exceed 45 degrees unless a straight pipe section not less than 2 -1/2 feet in length separates the fittings or unless one of the fittings is a wye branch with a cleanout provided on the straight leg. D. Size shall be as shown on the drawings 2.05 PIPE FOR WATERLINE CROSSINGS As shown on Drawings. 2.06 PIPE TO MANHOLE CONNECTOR A. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Uniseal, Evansville, Indiana; Pipeconx, Universal Pipe Connector. 2. NPC Inc., Milford, NH; Kor -N -Seal. B. In the event of the necessity of cutting new holes, the holes shall be machine cored neatly and carefully so as not to damage the structural integrity of the manhole and large enough to allow the insertion of a flexible rubber boot. Precast holes shall be flexible boot fitted. 2.07 FLEXIBLE COMPRESSION COLLAR A. Mechanical joint coupling with No. 304 stainless steel bands. B. Manufacturers: 2.08 CONCRETE 1. Calder, Inc. , Bellflower, CA. 2. Fernco Inc., Davison, MI. A. Compressive Strength: Minimum 3,000 psi at 28 days. SANITARY SEWERAGE 02530 -6 2.09 QUICK SETTING GROUT A. High strength, nonstaining grout. B. Reach initial set within 90 minutes at 70 degrees F and minimum compressive strength of 2,500 psi within 24 hours. C. Shrinkage shall be less than 0.01 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM C596. 2.10 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Pipe Fittings: 2.11 PIPE BEDDING 1. Tees: a. Shop fabricated by pipe manufacturer. b. Tee stubs shall not protrude inside sewer pipe. c. Joints: Same as joints used on sewer pipe. d. Insert-a -tee PVC fitting. 2. Caps and Plugs: a. Gasket and Joint: Same as pipe specified. b. Banded or otherwise secured to withstand test pressures involved without leakage. A. General 1. The following pipe bedding requirements are the minimum requirements. Additional bedding may be authorized by the Engineer if conditions, such as inadequate bearing value of the subgrade at normal trench width, warrant. 2. Bedding shall be carefully placed along the full width of the trench so that the pipe is true to line and grade of the pipe barrel. Bell holes shall be provided so as to relieve pipe bells of all loads, but small enough to ensure that support is provided throughout the length of pipe. Crushed stone embedment material shall conform to ASTM C33, Graduation #67 (3/4" to #4). Bedding material shall be placed underneath and be carried up the sides of the pipe as specified below. B. Class B Bedding shall be performed by first undercutting the trench an adequate amount to provide bedding under the pipe bell. The trench shall then be brought to grade with compacted crushed stone as specified above for the full width of the trench. The bedding material shall be placed in the zone four (4) inches below the pipe and the pipe laid to line and grade and backfilled with compacted crushed stone placed the full width of the trench up to one -half the outside diameter of the pipe. Select backfill placed in six (6) inch layers and compacted shall be the backfill from the springline of pipe to 18 inches above the pipe. A minimum Class B Bedding shall be used for all PVC pipe. SANITARY SEWERAGE 02530 -7 C. Class C Bedding shall be performed by first undercutting the trench an adequate amount to provide bedding under the pipe bell. The trench shall then be brought to grade with compacted crushed stone as specified above for the full width of the trench. The bedding material shall be placed in the zone four (4) inches below the pipe and the pipe laid to line and grade and backfilled with compacted crushed stone placed the full width of the trench up to one -fourth the outside diameter of the pipe. Select backfill placed in six (6) inch layers and compacted shall be the backfill from the bedding material to 18 inches above the pipe. A minimum Class C Bedding shall be used for all ductile iron pipes. 2.12 JACK & BORE INSTALLATIONS A. Casing pipe used with jack and bore shall be in accordance with requirements of the Georgia Department of Transportation (GDOT) specifications. B. Boring and Jacking: Where required by the drawings, the sanitary sewer line will be installed in a steel casing, placed by boring and jacking. C. Where boring is required under highways, the materials and workmanship will be in accordance with the standards of the Georgia Department of Transportation and the Augusta Public Works Dept. 1. Casing Pipe: The casing pipe shall conform to the materials standards of ASTM Designation A252, with minimum wall thickness of 0.375 inches for pipe less than 48" diameter and a minimum wall thickness of 0.500 inches for 48" diameter pipe. Steel pipe will have minimum yield strength of 35,000 psi. Casing pipe joints shall be butt welded, continuous, full penetration. 2. Carrier Pipe: The carrier pipe shall be ductile iron as specified herein. 3. Installation: The steel casing shall be installed by the "Dry Bore and Jack" method. If voids develop or if the bored hole diameter is greater than the outside diameter of pipe by more than approximately 1 inch, remedial measures will be taken as approved by the Engineer. 2.13 PRECAST MANHOLES Riser Sections: 1. Minimum 48 inches in diameter. 2. Fabricate in accordance with ASTM C478. 3. Minimum Wall Thickness: 4 inches or 1/12 times inside diameter, whichever is greater. 4. Top and bottom shall be parallel. 5. Joints: Tongue- and - groove 6. Ballast: Increase thickness of precast concrete sections or add concrete to base section, as required to prevent flotation B. Cone Sections: 1. Provide eccentric cones. 2. Same wall thickness and reinforcement as riser section. 3. Top and bottom shall be parallel. SANITARY SEWERAGE 02530 -8 C. Base Sections and Base Slab: 1. Base Section: 60 -inch minimum up to 72" Diameter with 6 -inch minimum thickness for base slab. 2. Minimum Wall Thickness: 4 inches or 1/12 times inside diameter, whichever is greater 3. Fabricate in accordance with ASTM C478. D. Manhole Extensions: 1. Concrete grade rings; maximum 8 inches high. 2. Fabricate in accordance with ASTM C478. 3. Brick adjustments; in accordance with plan details. 4. Note: Manhole externsions are permitted for Type 2 installations only as noted on Drawings. All other installations are to be Type 1 which requires the frame to integrally cast with the cone. E. Preformed Plastic Gaskets: Henry Company, Houston, TX; Ram - Nek. External Concrete Joint Wrap 1. External concrete joint wrap shall be an elastomeric- based product. 2. External concrete joint wrap shall be provided with a backing separator sheet for easy handling while keeping the bonding surface fresh and free of debris. 3. External concrete joint wrap shall have a minimum width of 9 inches. 4. Henry Company, Houston, TX; Rub'r -Nek. G. Polypropylene Steps: 1. Fabricate from minimum 1/2 inch, Grade 60, steel bar meeting ASTM A615 /A615M. 2. Polypropylene encasement shall conform to ASTM D4101. 3. Steps shall be as manufactured by Oliver Tire & Rubber Company or approved equal. 4. Minimum Width: 13 inches, center -to- center of legs. 5. Embedment: 3 -1/2 -inch minimum and 4 -1/2 -inch minimum projection from face of concrete at point of embedment to center of step. 6. Cast in manhole sections by manufacturer. 7. Load Test: Capable of withstanding ASTM C478 vertical and horizontal load tests. H. A bench shall be provided on each side of any manhole channel when the pipe diameter is less than the manhole diameter. The bench shall be sloped no less than Y2 inch per foot (4 percent). No lateral sewer, service connection, or drop manhole pipe shall discharge onto the surface of the bench: I. Source Quality Control: 1. All test specimens shall be mat tested and meet permeability test requirements of ASTM C14. 2. Conduct tests at point of manufacture prior to delivery of any section. 3. Sections to be tested will be selected at random from stockpiled material to be supplied for the Project. SANITARY SEWERAGE 02530 -9 2.14 CAST -IN -PLACE MANHOLES (IF APPLICABLE) A. Reinforcing Steel: Furnish as specified in Paragraph 2.19 CONCRETE. B. Concrete: Furnish as specified in Paragraph 2.19 CONCRETE. 2.15 OUTSIDE DROP MAHNOLES A. Outside drop manholes shall be precast and constructed for incoming lines having invert 24 inches or more above the invert of the manhole outlet, with DIP and tie rods per Details No. 14.08. The entire outside drop connection shall be encased in concrete. 2.16 SHALLOW MANHOLES A. Shallow manholes shall be precast or Type B slab top precast and shall be constructed in accordance with ASTM C -478. 2.17 MANHOLE FRAMES AND COVER Ring and cover shall be USF -668 or pre- approved equal as shown in the drawing details. A minimum access dimension of 22 -1/4" shall be provided. Include indented top design with lettering "SANITARY SEWER" cast into cover. Manhole frame and cover shall be gasketed and bolted. Manhole frame and cover shall be integrally cast into manhole cone, unless otherwise noted on drawings. 2.18 WATERTIGHT FRAME FASTENERS A. Galvanize after fabrication in conformance with ASTM Al23. 2.19 MANHOLE FRAME TO STRUCTURE SEALS A. Gasket: 1. Extrude or mold from a high -grade rubber compound. 2. Comply with material test requirements of ASTM C923. 3. Minimum Thickness: 3/16 inch. 4. Minimum Unstretched Length: Sufficient to extend from the manhole frame, across a maximum of 12 inches of extension rings, to the manhole cone section. 5. Fabricate bands for compressing sleeve against manhole from Type 304 stainless steel: a. Channeled Sheet: Minimum 16- gauge, ASTM A167. b. Round: 5/16 -inch diameter, ASTM A240. B. Screws, Bolts, or Nuts: Stainless steel conforming to ASTM F593 and ASTM 594, Type 304. C. Internal gasket or its appurtenances shall not extend into the manhole opening to restrict entry into or exit from the manhole. SANITARY SEWERAGE 02530 -10 D. Gasket shall be made only of materials that have been proven to be resistant to the following exposures and conditions: 1. Sanitary sewage. 2. Corrosion or rotting under wet or dry conditions. 3. Gaseous environment in sanitary sewers and at road surfaces including common levels of ozone, carbon monoxide, and other trace gases at the sites of installation. 4. Biological environment in soils and sanitary sewers. 5. Chemical attack by road salts, road oil, and common street spillages or solvents used in street construction or maintenance. 6. Temperature ranges, variations, and gradients in the area of construction. 7. Variations in moisture conditions and humidity. 8. Fatigue failure caused by a minimum of 30 freeze -thaw cycles per year. 9. Vibrations due to traffic loading. 10. Fatigue failure due to repeated variations of tensile, compressive and shear stresses, and repeated elongation and compression. 11. Any combination of the above. E. Materials used shall be compatible with each other and with manhole materials. ' F. Design gasket to meet the following requirements: 1. Continuously prevent leakage of water from outside the manhole into the manhole at the joints between the manhole frame and the cone section. 2. Seal shall remain flexible, allowing repeated vertical movements of frame from 0 to 2 inches or repeated horizontal movements of frame with respect to top of extension or cone from 0 to 1/2 inch due to pavement movements ' or other causes, or both types of movement occurring simultaneously at rates not exceeding 1 /10 inch per minute. ' 2.20 CONCRETE A. Channels and Benches: Factory or field formed from concrete. Portland cement design mix, 3,000 psi minimum, with 0.45 maximum water - cementitious ' materials ratio. Include channels and benches in manholes. 1. Manhole Channels: Concrete invert, formed to same width as connected ' piping, with height of vertical sides to three - fourths of pipe diameter. Form curved channels with smooth, uniform radius and slope. a. Invert Slope: 1 percent through manhole 2. Manhole Benches: Concrete, sloped to drain into channel. a. Slope: 4 percent, minimum. No lateral sewer, service connection, or drop manhole pipe shall discharge onto the surface of the bench. B. Cradles, Saddles, and Encasements: Portland cement design mix, 3000 psi minimum, with 0.58 maximum water - cementitious materials ratio. ' 1. Reinforcement Fabric: ASTM A 185, steel, welded wire fabric, plain. SANITARY SEWERAGE 02530 -11 2.21 MORTAR 2.23 FLEXIBLE JOINTS PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL 3.02 EXAMINATION 2. Reinforcement Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, deformed steel. A. Standard premixed in accordance with ASTM C387, or proportion one part portland cement to two parts clean, well - graded sand that will pass a 1/8 -inch screen. B. Admixtures: May be included but do not exceed the following percentages of weight of cement: 1. Hydrated Lime: 10 percent. 2. Diatomaceous Earth or Other Inert Material: 5 percent. C. Mix Consistency: 1. Tongue- and - Groove Type Joint: Such that mortar will readily adhere to pipe. 2.22 IMPORTED PIPE BASE A. Furnish as specified in applicable section. A. Manufacturers: "Kor -N -Seal" flexible rubber boot with stainless steel accessories as manufactured by NPC, Inc., Milford, New Hampshire. "PS10" flexible gasket as manufactured by PressSeal Gasket Corporation A. Remove and keep all water clear from the excavation during construction and testing operations. B. Place imported pipe base material on undisturbed earth; thoroughly compact with a mechanical vibrating or power tamper A. Notify Owner/Engineer immediately of manufacturing imperfections or damage caused by improper handling. B. Verify size, pipe condition, and pipe class prior to installation of pipe. C. Repairs to RCP storm sewer pipe section will be allowed, only if approved in writing by Owner /Engineer. Damaged pipe that, in opinion of Owner /Engineer, cannot be repaired, will be rejected and removed from the Project Site. SANITARY SEWERAGE 02530 -12 3.03 PREPARATION A. Pipe Distribution: Do not distribute more than 1 week's supply of materials in advance of laying, unless otherwise approved by the Owner. B. Inspect pipe and fittings prior to lowering into trench to ensure no cracked, broken, or otherwise defective materials are being used. C. Remove foreign matter and dirt from inside of pipe and fittings and keep clean during and after laying. Wash ends of section clean with wet brush prior to joining sections of pipe. 3.04 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL A. Excavating, trenching, and backfilling are specified in Division 2 Section "Earthwork." 3.05 IDENTIFICATION A. Materials and their installation are specified in Division 2 Section "Earthwork." Arrange for installing green warning tape directly over piping and at outside edges of underground structures. 3.06 PIPING APPLICATIONS A. General: Include watertight joints. B. Refer to Part 2 of this Section for detailed specifications for pipe and fitting products listed below. Use pipe, fittings, and joining methods according to applications indicated. C. Gravity -Flow Piping: Use the following: 1. Base Bid: PVC sewer pipe with gasketed joints shall be used unless specifically noted on drawings. Ductile -iron sewer pipe; standard - pattern, ductile -iron fittings; gaskets; and gasketed joints shall be used where specified. 3.07 INSTALLATION OF PIPING A. General: 1. Install pipe sections in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Provide and use proper implements, tools, and facilities for safe and proper prosecution of Work. 3. Lower pipe, fittings, and appurtenances into a dry trench with a stable bottom, piece by piece, by means of crane, slings, or other suitable tools and equipment, in such a manner as to prevent damage to pipe materials, protective coatings and linings. Do not drop or dump pipe into trenches. Wet trench installation shall be allowed only upon written approval by the Augusta Utilities Director. 4. General Locations and Arrangements: Drawing plans and details indicate general location and arrangement of underground sanitary sewerage piping. Location and arrangement of piping layout take design considerations into account. Install piping as indicated, to extent practical. Contractor to notify SANITARY SEWERAGE 02530 -13 Augusta Utilities Department at least 24 hours prior to starting construction at (706) 772 -5503. B. Line and Grade: 1. Establish line and grade for pipe by use of lasers. 2. Measure for grade at pipe invert, not at top of pipe. 3. Do not deviate from line or grade, as shown on Drawings, more than 1/2 inch, provided that such variation does not result in a level or reverse sloping invert. C. Laying and Jointing: 1. Install gravity -flow piping in accordance with ASTM D2321, latest revision. 2. Use gasket lubricant as recommended by gasket manufacturer. 3. Lay pipe upgrade with bell ends pointing in direction of laying. 4. When field cutting or machining pipe is necessary, use only tools and methods recommended by pipe manufacturer and approved by Engineer. 5. After section of pipe has been placed in its approximate position for jointing, clean end of pipe to be joined, inside of joint, and rubber ring immediately before joining pipe. Maintain swab or drag in line, and pull past each joint as it is completed. 6. Assemble joint in accordance with recommendations of manufacturer. 7. Apply sufficient pressure in making joint to assure that joint is "home" as defined in standard installation instructions provided by pipe manufacturer. Inside joint space shall not exceed 50 percent of pipe manufacturer's recommended maximum allowance. 8. Place pipe to specified line and grade to form smooth flow line. 9. Ensure that bottom of pipe is in contact with bottom of trench for full length of each section. 10. The line and invert grade of each pipe shall be checked from a top line carried on batter boards not over 25 feet apart or by use of a laser beam target inserted in each joint. 11. Place sufficient pipe bedding material to secure pipe from movement before next joint is installed. 12. When pipe is laid within movable trench shield, take precautions to prevent pipe joints from pulling apart when moving shield ahead. 13. When laying operations are not in progress, and at close of day's work close and block open end of last laid section of pipe to prevent entry of foreign material or creep of gasketed joints with a manufactured cap /plug. If water is in the trench when work is resumed, the plug shall not be removed until all danger of water entering the pipe has passed. 14. Take precautions to prevent "uplift" or floating of line prior to completion of backfill operation. 15. Connections between one pipe material and another shall be by means of flexible compression collar, installed in accordance with the manufacture's recommendations, or concrete closure collar. 16. Ductile -Iron Sewer Pipe with push on joints: According to AWWA C600. 17. All pipe joints shall be made as nearly watertight as practicable. There shall be no visible leakage at the joints and there shall be no sand, silt, clay, or soil of any description entering the pipelines at the joints. Leaks in the pipelines which cause infiltration or exfiltration to exceed limits herein specified shall be SANITARY SEWERAGE 02530 -14 repaired by replacing defective pipe. Grouting or Caulking to repair pipelines where excessive infiltration or exfiltration is evident will not be permitted. D. Connection to Structure or Manhole: 1. Locate standard pipe joint within 1.5 feet of outside face of structure for pipe 18 inches and smaller and within one pipe diameter for pipe 21 inches and larger. 2. Plug or close off pipe stubbed with watertight plug. 3. Connect PVC pipe to manhole with pipe to manhole connector in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. E. Crossing Waterlines: Where sewer crosses less than 18 inches below waterline, use ductile iron or PVC pressure pipe for crossing. Sewer lines in relation to water lines shall conform to the "Ten States Standards" Section 29.3 at a minimum. Sewer lines shall have at least a 10 foot pipe -to -pipe horizontal separation from known or proposed water mains. F. Ductile Iron Pipe: 1. Cutting and Dressing of Ductile Iron Pipe Ends: a. Cut at right angles to centerline of pipe to leave smooth end, without damage to pipe. b. Use only approved mechanical cutter. c. Taper cut end of pipe to be used with rubber gasket joints by grinding or filing 1/8 inch back at an angle of approximately 30 degrees with centerline of pipe. d. Remove sharp or rough edges. e. Abrade cut ends with grinding wheel and apply lining repair material. Use only compatible repair materials provided by pipe lining manufacturer. Allow repair lining to harden and cure before installation. 2. Polyethylene Wrap: a. Before installing wrap, clean pipe exterior of foreign material. b. Cut wrap approximately 2 feet longer than pipe section. c. Overlap wrap approximately 1 foot; seal joints with adhesive tape. d. Tape entire circumference of pipe at 3 -foot intervals along pipe. e. Repair rips, punctures, or other damage to polyethylene with adhesive tape. f. When fittings cannot be practically wrapped in a tube, use a flat sheet or split tube of polyethylene. Securely tape seams. 3.08 INSTALLATION OF PRECAST MANHOLES A. Concrete Base: 1. Cast -in- Place: a. Vibrate to densify concrete and screed so first precast manhole section to be placed has a level, uniform bearing for full circumference. b. Deposit sufficient mortar on base to assure watertight seal between base and manhole wall, or place first precast section of manhole in concrete base before concrete has set. Properly locate and plumb first section. 2. Precast: SANITARY SEWERAGE 02530 -15 B. Sections: a. Place on compacted imported base material. b. Properly locate, ensure firm bearing throughout, and plumb first section. C. Steps: F. 1. Carefully inspect precast manhole sections to be joined. 2. Thoroughly clean ends of sections to be joined. 3. Do not use sections with chips or cracks in the tongue. 4. Locate precast steps in line with each other to provide a continuous vertical ladder. C. Preformed Plastic Gaskets (In lieu of mortar joints): 1. Use only pipe primer furnished by gasket manufacturer. 2. Install gasket material in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3. Completed Manholes shall be rigid and watertight. D. Exterior Concrete Joint Wrap 1. External concrete joint wrap shall be used in combination with joint sealant for each pre -cast joint section. 2. Install wrap material in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Rubber Gasketed Joints: Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Extensions: 3.09 MANHOLE INVERT 1. Provide on manholes in streets or other locations where a subsequent change in existing grade may be likely. 2. Install to height not exceeding 8 inches. 3. Lay grade rings in mortar with sides plumb and tops level. 4. Seal joints with mortar as specified for sections, and make watertight. A. Construct with smooth transitions to ensure an unobstructed flow through manhole. Remove sharp edges or rough sections that tend to obstruct flow. B. Where full section of pipe is laid through manhole, break out top section as shown and cover exposed edge of pipe completely with mortar. Trowel mortar surfaces smooth. 3.10 CAST -IN -PLACE MANHOLE (IF APPLICABLE) A. Reinforcing Steel: Install as specified in Supplemental Technical Section 03 21 00, Reinforcing Steel. B. Concrete: Install as specified in Supplemental Technical Section 03 30 00, Cast -in- Place Concrete. SANITARY SEWERAGE 02530 -16 1. Install manhole steps at 16 inches on center, plus or minus 1/4 -inch tolerance, and locate to provide a continuous vertical ladder. 2. Do not vary spacing between any two adjacent steps by more than 1/2 inch. 3. The distance between wall of manhole and center of rung, measured at the point of embedment, shall be not less than 4 inches or more than 6 -1/4 inches. 3.11 MANHOLE FRAMES AND COVERS A. Set frames in bed of mortar with mortar carried over flange as shown. B. Set tops of covers flush with surface of adjoining pavement or ground surface, unless otherwise shown or directed. C. Offsite manholes shall have bolt down frame integrally cast into the riser /cone section. 3.12 WATERTIGHT MANHOLES 1. Install frame fasteners at locations shown on drawings. 3.13 MANHOLE PIPING A. Drop Assembly (as shown in the drawing details): 1. Extend pipe from the drop to a minimum of 3 feet beyond the manhole excavation into the trench, and connect to sewer pipe with an adapter. 2. Support lower drop elbow with concrete monolithically - placed with manhole base. B. Flexible Joints: 1. Provide in pipe not more than 1 -1/2 feet from manhole walls. 2. Where last joint of pipe is between 1 -1/2 and 6 feet from manhole wall, provide flexible joint in manhole wall. C. Stubouts for Future Connections: 1. Provide same type and class of pipe as specified for use in service connection, lateral, main, or trunk sewer construction. Where there are two different classes of pipe at manhole use higher strength pipe. 2. Grout pipe in precast walls or manhole base to provide watertight seal or use flexible joints as specified herein. 3. Stubout Length: 20 feet (1 joint) outside manhole wall. 4. Construct invert channels as shown. Unless otherwise approved by Engineer, match inside top elevation of service connection pipe to inside top elevation of outlet pipe. 5. Test Plugs: a. Install rubber - gasketed plugs in end of stubouts with gasket joints similar to sewer pipe being used. b. Plugs shall withstand internal or external pressures without leakage. c. Adequately brace plugs against all hydrostatic or air test pressures. D. Permanent Plugs: Clean interior contact surfaces of pipes to be cut off or abandoned as shown, and construct plug as follows: SANITARY SEWERAGE 02530 -17 1. Pipe 18 Inches or Less in Diameter: Concrete plug in end, minimum 8 inches in length. 2. Pipe 20 Inches and Larger: a. Construct plugs of common brick, concrete block, or concrete. b. Plaster exposed face of block or brick plugs with mortar. 3. Plugs shall be watertight and capable of withstanding internal and external pressures without leakage. 3.14 MANHOLES OVER EXISTING PIPING A. Maintain flow through existing pipelines at all times. B. Plastic Pipe: 1. Use solvent recommended by pipe manufacturer to slightly soften the pipe wall. 2. Apply a dense coating of clean mortar sand over all areas that will be in contact with concrete. 3. Allow mortar to dry completely prior to placing concrete. C. Concrete Pipe: Apply a bonding agent on all surfaces to be in contact with concrete. D. Construct base under existing piping. E. Construct manhole as specified. F. Break out existing pipe within new manhole, cover edges with mortar, and trowel smooth. G. Protect new concrete and mortar work for 7 days after placing concrete. 3.15 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING MANHOLES A. Use the appropriate "boot" for connecting pipe diameter. B. Core existing manhole bases or grouting as necessary. C. Clean all surfaces and apply a bonding agent. D. Regrout to provide smooth flow into and through manholes. E. Provide diversion facilities and perform work necessary to maintain flow during connection. 3.16 SERVICE CONNECTION TEES A. Install as shown on Drawings. B. Install caps or plugs on tees. C. Furnish tee outlets with gasketed type joint or approved adapter to join service connection pipe. SANITARY SEWERAGE 02530 -18 3.17 SERVICE CONNECTION INSTALLATION A. In general, service connections shall extend to street or alley right -of -way line or easement line, or as directed by Engineer. B. Minimum Slope: 1/4 inch per foot. C. Minimum Trench Depth: see detail on plans. D. Progress of Construction: Unless otherwise approved by Engineer, install service connection not more than 5 days after backfilling of sewer trench in block or equivalent 400 -foot section of sewer. E. Laying and Jointing of Service Connection Pipe and Fittings: 1. Maximum deflection permissible with any one fitting shall not exceed 45 degrees and shall be accomplished with long- radius curves or bends. Short- radius elbows or curves will not be permitted, except by permission of Owner /Engineer. 2. Make service connection to sewer system at manhole when directed by Engineer. Where service connection pipe is connected to manhole or concrete structure, make connection so standard pipe joint is located not more than 1.5 feet from structure. 3. Provide end of service connection line and fittings with standard watertight plug, cap, and stopper, suitably braced to prevent blow -off during air testing. F. Line and Grade for Service Connection Pipe and Fittings: 1. Install sewer tee so as to locate connection pipe within horizontal distance of 1 foot either side of staked location. 2. Lay pipe uniformly between tee or top of riser section and end of service connection. Where minimum slopes are used, lay pipe by means of good quality builder's level not less than 24 inches long. G. Existing Service Connections: 1. Locate prior to constructing tee in new sewer pipeline. 2. Disconnect from existing pipelines to be abandoned and reconnect them to new sewer pipeline. 3.18 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Place cast -in -place concrete according to ACI 318 and ACI 350R. 3.19 BULKHEAD AND FLUSHING A. The contractor shall build a tight bulkhead in the pipeline where new work enters an existing sewer. The bulkhead shall remain in place until its removal is authorized by the Engineer. B. Care shall be taken to prevent earth, water, and other materials from entering the pipe, and when pipe laying operations are suspended, the Contractor shall maintain a suitable stopper in the end of the pipe and also at openings in manholes. All sanitary sewers shall be flushed with water in sufficient volume to obtain free flow through SANITARY SEWERAGE 02530 -19 3.20 3.24 TESTING each line. All obstructions shall be removed and all defects corrected. As soon as possible after the pipe and manholes are competed on any line, the Contractor shall flush out the pipeline using a rubber ball ahead of the water. None of the flushing water or debris shall be permitted to enter any existing sewer. 3.23 CLEANING A. Clean each section of completed sewer pipeline prior to testing. B. Place screen or dam in downstream manhole of section being cleaned to catch debris. C. Remove material from each manhole section before cleaning the next section downstream. D. Method: As approved by Engineer. E. Cleaning water may be discharged into existing sewer system after screening and removal of debris. A. General: 1. Notify Owner in writing 5 days in advance of testing. Perform testing in presence of Owner's Representative. 2. Pipe 18 inches in diameter and smaller shall be tested for leakage using a low pressure air test performed in accordance with the applicable sections of the Uni -Bell UNI- B -6 -98, latest version. 3. Pipe over 18 inches in diameter shall be tested for leakage using a low pressure air test performed in accordance with the applicable sections of the Uni -Bell UNI- B -6 -98, latest version. 4. Individual joints may be tested on pipe 36 inches in diameter and larger with Owner's written approval. 5. Pipe shall successfully pass leakage test prior to acceptance 6. Test sections of constructed sewer between stations only after service connections, manholes, and backfilling are completed. Testing shall be done prior to placement of asphaltic concrete or roadway structural section. 7. Isolate new pipelines that are connected to existing pipelines. Install pipe plugs as required to allow section of new pipe to be pressure tested. 8. Plug wyes, tees, stubs, and service connections with gasketed caps or plugs securely fastened or blocked to withstand internal test pressure. Such plugs or caps shall be removable, and their removal shall provide socket suitable for making flexible jointed lateral connection or extension. 9. Furnish testing equipment and perform tests as approved by Engineer. Testing equipment shall provide observable and accurate measurement of leakage under specified conditions. B. Pneumatic Testing for 18 -inch and Smaller Diameter Pipe: SANITARY SEWERAGE 02530 -20 1. Equipment: a. Calibrate gauges with standardized test gauge provided by Contractor at start of each testing day. Owner or Engineer may witness calibration. b. Install compressor, air piping manifolds, gauges, and valves at ground surface. c. Provide pressure release device, such as rupture disc or pressure relief valve, to relieve pressure at 6 psi or less. d. Restrain plugs used to close sewer lines to prevent blowoff. 2. Procedure: a. No person shall enter manhole or structure, or occupy area above opening of manhole or structure where pipe is under pressure. b. Determine height of groundwater table at time of test. c. Slowly introduce air into pipe section until internal air pressure reaches 4 psi greater than average backpressure of groundwater submerging pipe. d. Allow 2 minutes minimum for air temperature to stabilize. e. Allowable leakage for sewers constructed of nonair - permeable materials such as ductile iron, and polyvinyl chloride (PVC) shall be done in accordance with the applicable sections of the Uni -Bell UNI- B -6 -98, latest version. Test Report Documentation (test reports to be managed by Resident Project Representative): 1. Test date. 2. Pipe section or pipe joint tested. 3. Test Method. 4. Test Pressure. 5. Length of test. 6. Pressure loss. 7. Remarks, including: a. Leaks (type, location). b. Repair/ replacement performed to remedy excessive leakage. 8. Signed by Contractor and Owner to represent that test has been satisfactorily completed. D. Subsequent Failure: Visible infiltration of groundwater following successful test shall be considered evidence that original test was in error or that subsequent failure of pipeline has occurred. E. PVC Pipe Deflection Test: 1. General: a. Test installed pipeline for deflection by pulling a mandrel through sewer without aid of mechanical pulling device. b. Perform test at least 10 days after trench backfill and compaction have been completed. c. Owner shall supply mandrel for testing up to and including 12 -inch pipe. 2. Mandrel: a. Full circle, solid or rigid odd number of legs (minimum 9 legs) steel cylinder with pulling rings at each end. SANITARY SEWERAGE 02530 -21 b. Diameter: Sized to allow only as much initial deflection for ultimate deflection of 5 percent. 3. Correcting Deficiencies or Obstructions: a. Excavate to springline of pipeline and replace and recompact pipe zone material. b. Internal pipe rerounding or vibration will not be allowed. c. If pipe does not pass mandrel test after replacement of pipe zone material and trench backfill, re- excavate and replace pipeline. F. Vacuum Testing: 1. All manholes shall be tested using low- pressure vacuum methods according to ASTM C1244 (see Appendix). 2. Repair manholes that do not meet the vacuum test, or do not meet specified requirements from visual inspection. G. Testing Cast -in -Place Manhole Steps: 1. Test each step for a horizontal pullout load of 400 pounds with the load applied over a width of 3 -1/2 inches and centered on the rung. 2. Apply the load at a uniform rate until the required test load is reached. 3. Provide suitable hydraulic jacks and gauges to perform the test. 4. Steps will be considered acceptable if they remain solidly embedded after application of test load and if no cracking or fracture of the step nor spalling of the concrete, masonry, or mortar is evident. 5. Replace, or reset and retest, steps failing to withstand required load. 3.25 INSPECTION (TO IDENTIFY FAILURES) A. Television Pipeline Inspection: 1. General: a. Internally inspect sewer pipelines by closed circuit television (CCTV) after completion of pipeline cleaning and testing. b. Conduct inspection in presence of Owner. 2. Procedure: a. Provide complete and continuous taped record and digital log of inspection. b. Format: Digital Video Disk (DVD), color c. Television Camera Equipment: 1) Rotating lens or pan and tilt. 2) Resolution: Minimum 350 lines per inch. 3) Focal Distance: Adjustable through a range of 6 inches to infinity. 4) Remote - Reading Footage Counter: Accurate to less than 1 percent error. 5) Lighting: Sufficient to provide clear, in -focus picture of entire inside periphery of pipe, and minimizes reflection. d. Pull camera at uniform rate, stopping to properly document defects. Maximum pull of camera shall not exceed 30 feet per minute. 3. Quality Standard: a. Provide clear, sharp image when played back on conventional television receiver. SANITARY SEWERAGE 02530 -22 b. Neatly label DVD showing contents, project title, tape number, pipe structure identification numbers, date tape was made, and inspection company. c. DVD to include: 1) Opening Screen: a) Date of inspection. b) Pipe structure identification number. c) Upstream and downstream node identification numbers. d) Street address. e) Pipe size. f) Normal (upstream to downstream) or reverse (downstream to upstream) pull. B. Manual Inspection: 2) Continuous View: Current distance along reach (tape counter footage). d. Log sheets to show time and date of inspection, location, upstream and downstream manholes, direction of pull, pipeline length, pipe size, pipe material, location of lateral connections, video tape number and detail of defects encountered. e. Show sufficient detail to determine cracks in pipe, offset joints, leaking joints, sags, and other flaws in pipeline installation. Record location of deficiencies by distance from center of reference manhole. f. Upon completion, playback tape in presence of Owner. Any tape not meeting quality standard will be rejected and taping process repeated. Correct deficiencies found as a result of video replay, and repeat CCTV inspection. 1. Pipe 36 inches and larger. 2. Provide any specialized equipment required for inspection by Owner. 3. Maintain voice communications between in -pipe and aboveground personnel at all times during in -pipe inspection. 4. Record inspection on DVD and inspection logs. Provide Digital (3.2 MP minimum), color, still photographs of defects or other features as requested by Owner or Engineer. 5. Log sheets: Show time and date of inspection, location, upstream and downstream structure numbers, pipeline length, pipe size, pipe segment length, pipe material, lateral connections located by pipe segment number, and location and detail of defects encountered. C. Deficiencies Requiring Correction: a. Variations in alignment greater than specified herein. b. Joint separations greater than allowed by pipe manufacturer. c. Visible infiltration. d. Presence of debris or foreign objects. e. Obvious damage or defects in pipeline. 3.26 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Payment will be made at the unit contract prices as shown in the bid schedule under Sanitary Sewer. See below for schedule and description of bid line items. SANITARY SEWERAGE 02530 -23 SANITARY SEWER ITEMS S -1A through S -16B - All piping line items shall be measured in linear feet and shall include costs for piping and installation, trench excavation, trench box, dewatering, asphalt cutting, normal joints and gaskets, normal backfill, infiltration and exfiltration testing (gravity sewer only), mandrel pulling (gravity sewer only), CCTV camera inspection, as required, (gravity sewer only) and pressure testing (force main only). Camera inspection shall include all costs for closed circuit camera inspection of the sanitary sewer system, including mobilization, demobilization, inspection, video tape copies, and field reports. No additional payment shall be made for these items. ITEM S -17 - Jack and bore line items shall be measured in linear feet and shall include costs for casing piping, carrier piping, installation, blasting, asphalt cutting, restrained joints and gaskets, end seals, normal backfill, etc. per detail on drawings. No additional payment shall be made for these items. ITEM S -18 - Select backfill shall be measured in cubic yards for both Types I and II and shall include costs for the backfill and installation as well as all transportation and stockpiling charges. The volume of material included shall be the actual measured "in- place" volume. The standard trench width used to calculate the volume will be 7 feet. No additional payment shall be made for these items. ITEM S -19 - Miscellaneous pipe fittings and connections shall be measured in pounds (including Meg -a -lug fittings) and shall include costs for all fittings and installation except normal joints and gaskets regardless of material. No additional payment shall be made for these items. ITEMS S -20— Pre -cast manholes shall be measured individually (each) and shall include costs for manholes, excavation, dewatering, asphalt cutting, collars and boots, grouting and/or other connections, installation, normal backfill, and vacuum testing as specified. Manhole vacuum testing shall include all costs for testing equipment, testing labor, mobilization, demobilization, and reporting. Manholes failing testing shall be re- tested at Contractor's expense. Repairs to failing manholes shall be made external to the manhole utilizing a method approved by the Augusta Utilities Department. No additional payment shall be made for these items. ITEMS S -21A and S21B - Additional sanitary manhole depth line items shall be measured by vertical foot and shall include costs for excavation, dewatering, and backfill as specified by type and class. No additional payment shall be made for these items. ITEMS S -22 — Sanitary sewer exterior manhole joint wrapping shall be measured individually and shall include the costs for wrapping material and installation. Compensation for this item shall be included in items S -20 through S -21B. ITEMS S -23 — Sanitary sewer interior protective coating shall be measured by the vertical foot of manhole and shall include the costs for coating material and installation. No additional payment shall be made for these items. ITEM S -24 — Outside drop piping shall be measured individually (each) and shall include the costs for all items associated with the drop manhole detail, exclusive of the manhole or manhole extensions. No additional payment shall be made for these items. ITEM S -25 — Dog house /connector manholes shall be measured individually (each) and shall include the costs for excavation, dewatering, asphalt cutting, pipe cutting, collars and boots, grouting and / or other connections, installation, and normal backfill. The costs for the base section, first riser, cone SANITARY SEWERAGE 02530 -24 section, and ring and cover shall be included within this line item. Additional depth manhole sections shall be included within the appropriate manhole line item. No additional payment shall be made for these items. ITEM S -26A - Sanitary sewer service lateral shall be measured individually (each) and shall include costs for 6 -inch PVC piping, precast concrete valve ring with rebar, PVC twist -off plug, mainline tee, fitting, cleanout, excavation, dewatering, asphalt /concrete cutting (including service markings), installation, normal backfill, and property restoration. No additional payment shall be made for these items. ITEM S -26B - Sanitary sewer service laterals installed to existing septic tanks shall be measured in linear feet and shall include costs for 6 -inch PVC piping, precast concrete valve ring with rebar at clean -out, PVC twist -off plug, fitting, cleanout, excavation, dewatering, installation, normal backfill, and property restoration. No additional payment shall be made for these items. ITEM S -27 - Sanitary sewer manhole tie -ins shall be measured individually (each) and shall include costs for cutting /coring of existing manholes, collars, rubber boots, any required gaskets, excavation, dewatering, soil stabilization, asphalt cutting, and normal backfill. No additional payment shall be made for these items. ITEM S -28 — AC water main crossings shall be measured individually (each) and shall include costs for AC pipe cutting, excavation, ductile iron piping, sleeves, backfill, and property restoration. No additional payment shall be made for these items. ITEM S -29 — Ductile iron pipe polyethylene pipe encasement shall be measured in linear feet and shall include costs for pipe wrap materials and installation. No additional payment shall be made for these items. ITEM S -30 - Concrete pipe encasement shall be measured in cubic yards and shall include costs for concrete, installation, excavation, dewatering, soil stabilization, pipe stabilization, asphalt cutting, and normal backfill. No additional payment shall be made for these items. ITEM S -31 — Septic tank decommissioning and connection of existing privately owned wasterwater building sewer lateral to the City sewer system, where noted on drawings, shall be measured individually (each) and shall include a) maintaining continuous uninterrupted service to the private customer throughout sewer construction by use of pump by- passing, etc.; b. pumping out existing septic tank and deposing of waste offsite in a legal manner; c. removing existing septic tank top and disposing offsite in a legal manner; d. backfilling existing septic tank with compacted select backfill; e. extending new sewer lateral through abandoned and backflled septic tank and connecting to the existing building wastewater lateral on the upstream side of the abandoned septic tank and f. backfilling sewer lateral within abandoned septic tank to surface, installing 4" topsoil and establishing permanent vegetation. PAVEMENT STRUCTURES ITEM P -1 - Asphalt overlay shall be measured in square yards and shall include costs for asphalt materials and installation, temporary striping and permanent striping (replaced in kind), and markers (both temporary and permanent). No additional payment shall be made for these items. ITEM P -2 - Aggregate base (10 ' /2" thick) and asphalt patch (2 %2" thick) shall be measured in square yards and shall include costs for all aggregates (regardless of type), 2 '/2 " graded aggregate base removal and disposal, bituminous tack coat, asphalt, installation, excavation, striping (both temporary and permanent), and markers (both temporary and permanent). The square yardage calculation shall SANITARY SEWERAGE 02530 -25 be based upon a standard width of seven (7) feet for payment purposes. No additional payment shall be made for these items. ITEM P -3 — Asphalt pavement leveling shall be measured in tons and shall include costs for all asphalt (regardless of type) used to create a level road surface prior to asphalt overlay as authorized by the project representative. The payment shall be based upon confirmed delivery tickets. No additional payment shall be made for these items. ITEM P -4 - Milling shall be measured in square yards and shall include all materials, labor, equipment, and material removal and disposal costs. No additional payment shall be made for these items. ITEMS P -5 through P -6 - Concrete sidewalk and driveways shall be measured in square yards and shall include costs for 3000 psi concrete, installation, site preparation, formwork, and finishing. Existing concrete shall be removed to the nearest joint as directed by the project representative. Payment shall included all removal and disposal costs. No additional payment shall be made for these items. ITEM P -7 — Asphalt driveway replacement shall be measured in square yards and shall include costs for asphalt, installation, and site preparation, including necessary subgrade preparation, base removal, and base installation. Existing asphalt shall be removed to the nearest joint as directed by the project representative. No additional payment shall be made for these items. ITEM P -8 Curb and/or gutter placement shall be measured in linear feet and shall include costs for concrete, installation, site preparation, formwork, and finishing. Payment shall included all removal and disposal costs. No additional payment shall be made for these items. ITEM P -9 - Curb and gutter removal and replacement shall be measured in linear feet and shall include costs for removal and disposal of existing concrete curb and gutter, concrete, installation, site preparation, formwork, and finishing. Payment shall include all removal and disposal costs. No additional payment shall be made for these items. MISCELLANEOUS ITEM M -1 - Flowable fill shall be measured in cubic yards and shall include costs for all materials, '. labor, equipment, and excess materials. No additional payment shall be made for these items. ITEM M -2 - Rock excavation shall be measured in cubic yards and shall include costs for blasting, labor, equipment, and material removal and disposal. No additional payment shall be made for these items. ITEM M -3 - Foundation backfill shall be measured in cubic yards and shall include costs for the backfill and installation as well as all transportation and stockpiling charges. Quantities shall be verified by trench volume calculation. No additional payment shall be made for these items. ITEM M-4 - Clearing and grubbing shall be measured in acres and shall include costs for vegetation removal, stockpiling, disposal and any required permitting. No additional payment shall be made for these items. ITEM M -5 — Fence removal and replacement shall be measured in linear feet and shall include all costs associated with removal and replacement of the existing fence with new materials of like quality as necessary for sanitary sewer installation. No additional payment shall be made for these items. SANITARY SEWERAGE 02530 -26 ITEM M -6 — Rip Rap GDOT Type 3, 12 "min thickness, placed on a non -woven filter fabric shall be measured in square yards and shall include costs for all materials, labor, equipment, and excess materials, where specified and approved by resident inspector for use other than that required for soil erosion and sediment control. No additional payment shall be made for these items. ITEM M -7 — Stream Crossing /Bank Restoration per Detail 8/C304 shall be measured individually (each) and shall include costs for all materials, labor, equipment, and excess materials. No additional payment shall be made for these items. LUMP SUM CONSTRUCTION ITEM LS -1 - Lump sum construction includes, but is not limited to, the items described in the bid schedule. No separate or additional payment shall be made for these items. END OF SECTION 02530 SANITARY SEWERAGE 02530 -27 APPENDIX for SANITARY SEWERAGE Manhole Vacuum Testing Per ASTM C1244 INTERNATIONAL Designation: C 1244 - 05e Standard Test Method for Concrete Sewer Manholes by the Negative Air Pressure (Vacuum) Test Prior to Backfill This standard is issued under the fixed designation C 1244; the number immediately following the designation indicates the year of original adoption or, in the case of revision, the year of last revision. A number in parentheses indicates the year of last reapproval. A superscript epsilon (e) indicates an editorial change since the last revision or reapproval. e' Norms -- -Table 1 was reformatted editorially in February 2006. 1. Scope 1..1 This test method covers procedures for testing precast concrete manhole sections when using the vacuum test method to demonstrate the integrity of the installed materials and the construction procedures. This test method is used for testing concrete manhole sections utilizing mortar, mastic, or gasketed joints. 1.2 This test method is intended to be used as a preliminary test to enable the installer to dernonstrate the condition of the concrete manholes prior to backfill. 1.3 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety problems, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appro- priate safety and health practices and determine the applica- bilityof regulatory limitations prior to use. 1.4 This test method is the companion to metric Test Method C 1244M; therefore, no SI equivalents are shown in this test method. Nom 1--- Vacuum test criteria presented in this test method are similar to those in general use. The test and criteria have been widely and successfully used in testing manholes. NOTE. 2 —The user of this test method is advised that no correlation has been found between vacuum (air) and hydrostatic tests. 2. Referenced Documents 2.1 ASJ 'i Standards: 2 C 822 Terminology Relating to Concrete Pipe and Related Products This test method is under the jurisdiction of ASTM Committee C13 on Concrete Pipe and is the direct responsibility of Subcommittee C13.06 on Manholes and Specials. Current edition approved Oct. 1, 2005. Published November 2005. Originally approved in 1993. Last previous edition approved in 2005 as C 1244 . 05. For referenced ASTM standards, visit the ASTM website, www.astm.org, or contact ASTM Customer Service at service@astm.org. For Annual Bonk of ASTM Standards volume information, refer to the standard's Document Summary page on the ASTM website. Copyright © ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, PQ Box C700, West Conshohocken PA 19428 -2959, United States. C 924 Practice for Testing Concrete Pipe Sewer Lines by Low- Pressure Air Test Method C 969 Practice for Infiltration and Exfiltration Acceptance Testing of Installed Precast Concrete Pipe Sewer Lines C' 1244M Test Method for Concrete Sewer Manholes by the Negative Air Pressure (Vacuum) Test Prior to Backfill 3. Terminology 3.1 For definitions of terms relating to manholes see Terminology f` 822.. 4. Summary of Practice 4.1 All lift holes and any pipes entering the manhole are to be plugged. A vacuum will he drawn and the vacuum drop over a specified time period is used to determine the acceptability of the manhole. 5. Significance and. Use 5.1 This is not a routine test. The values recorded are applicable only to the manhole being tested and at the time of testing. 6. Preparation of the Manhole 6.1 All lift holes shall be plugged. 6.2 All pipes entering the manhole shall he temporarily plugged, taking care to securely brace the pipes and plugs to prevent them from being drawn into the manhole. 7. Procedure 7.1 The test head shall be placed at the top of the manhole in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 7.2 A vacuum of 10 in. Hg shall be drawn on the manhole, the valve on the vacuum line of the test head closed, and the vacuum pump shut off. The time shall be measured for the vacuum to drop to 9 in. Hg. 7.3 The manhole is acceptable if the time for the vacuum reading to drop from 10 in. Hg to 9 in. Hg meets or exceeds the values indicated in Table 1 or `fahlc . Copyright ASTM International Provided by II+S under license with ASTM t by ASTM Int'1 (all rights reserved); Licensee = Augusta, GN5960458024, User- -Rush, James No reproduction Or networking Yrmined without icansBtram 'Ind per License Agreement with Monique : ";ro osi,sizooa,::za:,z M»n.Tt); Mon Feb 27 12:25:42 EST 2006 TABLE 1 Minimum Test Times for Various Manhole Diameters (30 — 120 in.) in Seconds Depth (ft) Diameter. in. 30 33 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 Time, in seconds <4 6 7 7 9 10 12 13 15 16 6 9 10 11 13 15 18 20 22 25 8 11 12 14 17 20 23 26 29 33 10 14 15 18 21 25 29 33 36 41 12 17 18 21 25 30 35 39 43 49 14 20 21 25 30 35 41 46 51 57 16 22 24 29 34 40 46 52 58 67 18 25 27 32 38 45 52 59 65 73 20 28 30 35 42 50 53 65 72 81 22 31 33 39 46 55 64 72 79 89 24 33 36 42 51 59 64 78 87 97 26 36 39 46 55 64 75 85 94 105 28 39 42 49 59 69 81 91 101 113 30 42 45 53 63 74 87 98 108 121 7.4 If the manhole fails the initial test_, the manhole shall be repaired by an approved method until a satisfactory test is obtained. 7.5 Use or failure of this vacuum test shall not preclude acceptance by appropriate water infiltration or exfiltration testing, (see Practice C 969), or other means. • 8. Precision and Bias 8.1 No justifiable statement is presently capable of being made either on the precision or bias of this procedure, since the X1.1 The standard accepted method of air testing, for a single diameter pipe, Practice C 924, allows a drop of 1 psi pressure during the time calculated by the formula: KD Z L TPre.ss. = where: T = time for 1 psi drop in pressure K = 0.00037 for in. /lb units D = pipe diameter, in. L = length of line, it Q = air loss, ft X1.2 A pressure drop of 1 in. Hg for the vacuum compares to a pressure drop of 0.490 psi for the air test. 14.696 lblin. 1 in. Hg X 39.02 1 Hg 0.490 psi C 1244 — 05aE APPENDIX (Nonmandatory Information) Xl. Air Testing for a Single Diameter Pipe (X1.1) test (X1.2) 1 TABLE 1 Minimum Test Times for Various Manhole Diameters (30 — 120 in.) in Seconds (continued) Depth (ft) or Diameter, in. 78 84 90 96 102 108 114 120 Time, in seconds <4 18 19 21 23 24 25 27 29 6 26 29 31 34 36 38 41 43 8 35 38 41 45 48 51 54 57 10 44 48 52 56 60 63 67 71 12 53 57 62 67 71 76 81 85 14 62 67 72 78 83 89 94 100 16 70 76 83 89 95 101 108 114 18 79 86 93 100 107 114 121 128 20 88 95 103 111 119 126 135 142 22 97 105 114 122 131 139 148 156 24 106 114 124 133 143 152 161 170 26 114 124 134 144 155 164 175 185 28 123 133 145 155 167 177 188 199 30 132 143 155 166 178 189 202 213 test result merely states whether there is confortnance to the criteria for the success specified. 9. Keywords 9.1 acceptance criteria; concrete; manhole sections; test method; vacuum test Therefore, the time relationship is: T n . = 0.490 Tr„.„ (:X1.3) X1.3 The allowable test tunes cited in Practice C 924, Table 2, for pipe sizes 4 in. to 24 in. diameter are provided in 'i'able X1.1 and Table X1.2. The allowable test times for sizes above 24 in. were obtained by extrapolation. Therefore, using the appropriate Q. we find that: Copyright ASTM International Provided by IHS under license with ASTM t by ASTM Int'1 (all rights reserved); Licensees Augusta, CM5960458024, User -Rush, James rep No roduction or networking permtted without license from IHS ' ot for Resale, 09/15 /2008 1 ....i........... ........., per License Agreement with Monique .N,...., �.., ., 1:24:12 MDT ...,.,.,,. Mon Feb 27 12:25:42 EST (X1.4) D for 30 in. (Q 7 ft 3 / m in), T =, 0.00018 L 0.023 L D" for 36 in. (Q = 8 ft = 0.00018 L == 0.029 L D D - for 42 in. (Q = 9 ft = 0.00018 - L = 0.035 L for 90 in. (Q = 17 ft • 0.00018 -- L 0.086 L D D for 48 in. (Q 10 ft 0.00018 --0- L 0.041 L for 96 in, - 18 ft'/min). T. - 0.00018 -0- L •-•• 0.092 L D D for 54 in. (Q = 11 ft T. = 0.00018 L = 0.048 L for 102 in. (Q = 19 ft T = 0.00018 — L = 0.099 L Q D for 60 in. (Q 12 ft T, = 0.00018 L = 0.054 L for 108 in. (Q - 20 fehnin), T - 0.00018 L = 0.105 L D for 66 in. (Q = 13 ft'hnin), J = 0.00018 ---- L - 0.060 L 1) ' for 72 in. (Q = 14 11 = 0.00018 -- L = 0.067 L • C 1244 — 05a" D for 78 in. (Q = 15 ft = 0.00018 Jo- L - 0.073 L D for 84 in. (Q = 16 ft'/min), T 0.00018 L = 0.079 L D for 114 in. (Q == 21 ft/min), 7 = 0.00018 - L == 0.112 L 11 for 120 in. (Q = 22 ft 7 = 0.0(1018 = 0.118 L Copyright ASTM International Provided by IHS under license with ASTM 1 by ASTM Intl (all rights reserved); Licensee=Augusta, GA/5960458024, Usei=Rush, James No reproduction Or networkirg tithouLlicerrfp ITEI per License Agreement with Monique - -Nr.tr.-RZP:t°. 91 .11T: ( 1 8 ... 1 1' 1 3...m.P. T .t); Mon Feb 27 12:25:42 EST 2006 44 C 1244 — 05aE' TABLE X1.1 Minimum Test Times for Various Pipe Diameters (Practice C 924) Nominal Pipe Size, in. Time (7), min 100 ft. 4 0.3 6 0.7 8 1.2 10 1.5 12 1.8 15 2.1 18 2.4 21 3.0 24 3.6 27 4.2 30 4.8 33 5.4 36 6.0 TABLE X1.2 Allowable Air Loss for Various Pipe Diameters (Practice C 924) Nominal Pipe Size in. Air Loss (Q), fe /min 4 2 6 2 8 2 10 2.5 12 3 15 4 18 5 21 5.5 24 6 30 7 36 8 42 9 48 10 54 11 60 12 66 13 72 14 ASTM International takes no position respecting the validity of any patent rights asserted in connection with any item mentioned in this standard. Users of this standard are expressly advised that determination of the validity of any such patent rights, and the risk of infringement of such rights. are entirely their own responsibility This standard is subject to revision at any time by the responsible technical committee and must be reviewed every five years and if not revised, either reapproved or withdrawn. Your comments are invited either for revision of this standard or for additional standards and should be addressed to ASTM International Headquarters. Your comments will receive careful consideration at a meeting of the responsible technical committee, which you may attend. !f you feel that your comments have not received a fair hearing you should make your views known to the ASTM Committee on Standards, at the address shown below This standard is copyrighted by ASTM international, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, PO Box C700, West Conshohocken, PA 19428 -2959, United States. Individual reprints (single or multiple copies) of this standard may be obtained by contacting ASTM at the above address or at 610- 832 -9585 (phone). 610- 832 -9555 (fax), or servicegastm.org (e- mail): or through the ASTM website (wwwastm. org). n Copyright ASTM International Provided by IHS under license with ASTM t by ASTM Intl (all rights reserved); Licensee = Augusta, GA/5960458024, User -Rush, James No reproduction or networkin permitted without license from I d per License Agreement with Monique'. N ot for Resale, 09/15/2008 11:44 MDTO). Mon Feb 27 12:25:42 EST 2006 Y. P g � �.. . 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 02910 — SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE The Work specified in this Section consists of providing and maintaining temporary and permanent erosion and sedimentation controls as shown on the Drawings. This Section also specifies the subsequent removal of temporary erosion and sedimentation controls. B. Temporary and permanent erosion and sedimentation controls include grassing and mulching of disturbed areas and structural barriers at those locations which will ensure that erosion during construction will be maintained within acceptable limits. Acceptable limits are as established by the Georgia Erosion and Sedimentation Control Act of 1975, as amended, Section 402 of the Federal Clean Water Act, and applicable codes, ordinances, rules, regulations, and laws of local, state, and municipal authorities having jurisdiction. C. Land disturbance activity shall not commence until the Land Disturbance Permit has been issued. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data in accordance with the requirements of Section 01340 of these Specifications. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The temporary and permanent erosion and sedimentation control measures shown on the Drawings are minimum suggested requirements. Any additional erosion and sedimentation control measures required by the Contractor's means, methods, techniques, and sequence of operation will be installed by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Perform all Work under this Section in accordance with all pertinent rules and regulations including, but not necessarily limited to, those stated in these Specifications. Where provisions of pertinent rules and regulations conflict with these Specifications the more stringent provisions shall govern. C. Provide all materials and promptly take all actions necessary to achieve effective erosion and sedimentation control in accordance with the Georgia Erosion and Sedimentation Control Act of 1975 as amended (OCGA § 12 -7 -1, et. seq.), local ordinances, other permits, local enforcing agency guidelines, and these Specifications. D. Basic Principles: 1. Coordinate the land disturbance activities to fit the topography, soil types, and conditions. 2. Minimize the disturbed area and the duration of exposure to erosive elements. 3. Provide temporary or permanent stabilization to disturbed areas immediately after rough grading is complete. SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL 02910 -1 4. Safely convey run -off from the site to a stable outlet to prevent flooding and damage to downstream facilities resulting from increased runoff from the site. 5. Retain sediment on -site that was generated on -site. 6. Minimize encroachment upon watercourses. E. Implementation: 1. The Contractor is solely responsible for the control of erosion within the Project site and the prevention of sedimentation from leaving the Project site or entering waterways. 2. The Contractor shall install temporary and permanent erosion and sedimentation controls which will ensure that runoff from the disturbed area of the Project site shall pass through a filter system before exiting the Project site. 3. The Contractor shall provide temporary and permanent erosion and sedimentation control measures to prevent silt and sediment from entering the waterways and designated wetland areas. The Contractor shall maintain an undisturbed vegetative buffer a minimum of 25 feet from the top of the bank. 4. The Contractor shall limit land disturbance activity to those areas shown on the Drawings. 5. The Contractor shall maintain erosion and sedimentation control measures within disturbed areas on the entire site at no additional cost to the Owner until the final acceptance of the Project. Maintenance shall include mulching, re- seeding, clean -out of sediment barriers and sediment ponds, replacement of washed -out or undermined rip rap and erosion control materials, to the satisfaction of the Owner and Engineer. 6. All fines imposed for improper erosion and sedimentation control shall be paid by the Contractor. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SEDIMENT BARRIER A. Silt Fence: 1. Type C Silt Fence is a combination of Type A silt Fence with woven wire reinforcement. Type C Silt Fence reinforcement shall meet the requirements of Section 171 of Georgia D.O.T. Specifications. 2. Silt fence fabric shall be an approved product on the Georgia DOT Qualified Product List No. 36, latest edition. B. Hay Bales: Hay bales shall be clean, seed -free cereal hay, rectangular in shape, and contain five cubic feet or more of material. C. Concrete Blocks: Concrete blocks shall be hollow, non -load- bearing type. D. Plywood shall be 3/4 -inch thick exterior type. 2.2 CONSTRUCTION EXIT STONE A. Use sound, tough, durable stone resistant to the action of air and water. Slabby or shaley pieces will not be acceptable. Aggregate size shall be in accordance with the National Stone SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL 02910 -2 Material Section No. Topsoil 893.01 Seed and Sod 890 Fertilizer 891.01 Agricultural Lime 882.02 Mulch 893.02 Inoculants 893.04 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Association Size R -2 (1.5 to 3.5 -inch stone) or Type 3 rip rap stone conforming to Section 805.01 of the Georgia Department of Transportation Standard Specifications. 2.3 CONCRETE A. Concrete shall conform to the requirements specified in Section 02225 of these Specifications for 3000 psi concrete. 2.4 RIP RAP A. Stone Rip Rap: Use sound, tough, durable stones resistant to the action of air and unless noted otherwise, stone rip rap shall be Type 1. 1. Type 1 Rip Rap: Rip rap size and gradation shall conform to Section 805.01 of the Georgia Department of Transportation Standard Specification for Type 1 Stone Dumped Rip Rap. 2. Type 3 Rip Rap: Rip rap size and gradation shall conform to Section 805.01 of the Georgia Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Type 3 Stone Dumped Rip Rap. B. Sand Cement Bag Rip Rap: Sand cement bag rip rap shall conform to the Georgia Department of Transportation Standard Specifications, Section 603. 2.5 PLASTIC FILTER FABRIC A. Plastic filter fabric shall conform to the Georgia Department of Transportation Standard Specifications, Section 881, for filter fabrics. B. Plastic filter fabric shall be an approved product on the Georgia Department of Transportation Qualified Product List No. 28, latest edition. 2.6 GRASSING A. Grassing materials shall meet the requirements of the Georgia Department of Transportation Standard Specifications, latest edition; as shown in the table: B. Seed species shall be provided as shown on the Drawings. C. Mulch Binder: Mulch on slopes exceeding 3 (horizontal) to 1 (vertical) shall be held in place by the use of a mulch binder, as approved by the Engineer. The mulch binder shall be non- toxic to plant and animal life and shall be approved by the Engineer. SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL 02910 -3 1 1 1 1 1 1 C. All erosion and sedimentation control measures and devices shall be constructed and maintained as indicated on the Drawings or specified herein until adequate permanent disturbed area stabilization has been provided and accepted by the Engineer. Once adequate permanent stabilization has been provided and accepted by the Engineer, all temporary erosion and sedimentation control structures and devices shall be removed. 3.2 SEDIMENT CONTROL 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 D. Water: Water shall be free of excess and harmful chemicals, organisms, and substances which may be harmful to plant growth or obnoxious to traffic. Salt or brackish water shall not be used. Water shall be furnished by the Contractor. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Temporary and permanent erosion and sedimentation control measures shall prevent erosion and prevent sediment from exiting the site. If, in the opinion of the Owner, Engineer, or state inspector, the Contractor's temporary erosion and sedimentation control measures are inadequate, the Contractor shall provide additional maintenance for existing measures or additional devices to control erosion and sedimentation on the site at no additional cost to the Owner. B. All erosion and sedimentation control devices and structures shall be inspected by the Contractor at least once a week and immediately after each rainfall occurrence. Any device or structure found to be damaged shall be repaired or replaced immediately. Construction Exit: 1. Construction exit(s) shall be placed as shown on the Drawings and as directed by the Engineer. A construction exit shall be located at any point traffic will be leaving a disturbed area to a public right -of -way, street, alley, sidewalk, or parking area. 2. Placement of Construction Exit Material: The ground surface upon which the construction exit material is to be placed shall be prepared to a smooth condition free from obstructions, depressions or debris. The plastic filter fabric shall be placed to provide a minimum number of overlaps and a minimum width of one foot of overlap at each joint. The stone shall be placed with its top elevation conforming to the surrounding ground elevations. The stone shall be dropped from no more than a three feet height during construction. 3. Construction Exit Maintenance: The Contractor shall regularly maintain the exit with the top dressing of stone to prevent tracking or flow of soil onto public rights -of -way and paved surfaces as directed by the Engineer. 4. Construction Exit Removal: Construction exit(s) shall be removed and properly disposed of when the disturbed area has been properly stabilized, the tracking or flow of soil onto public rights -of -way or paved surfaces has ceased and as directed by the Engineer. B. Sediment Barriers: SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL 02910 -4 1 Sediment barriers shall include, but are not necessarily limited to, silt fences, hay bales, and any device which prevents sediment from exiting the disturbed area. 2. Silt fences and hay bales shall not be used in any flowing stream, creek, or river. 3. Sediment barriers shall be installed as shown on the Drawings and as directed by the Owner or Engineer. 4. Sediment barriers shall be maintained to ensure the depth of impounded sediment is no more than one -half of the original height of the barrier or as directed by the Engineer. Torn, damaged, destroyed, or washed -out barriers shall be repaired, reinforced, or replaced with new material and installed as shown on the Drawings and as directed by the Owner or Engineer. 5. Accumulated sediment shall be removed from the barrier and replaced and stabilized on- site as directed by the Owner or Engineer. 6 Sediment barrier shall be removed once the disturbed area has been stabilized with a permanent vegetative cover and the sediment barrier is no longer required as directed by the Engineer. 7. All non - biodegradable parts of the barrier shall be disposed of properly. 8. The disturbed area created by barrier removal shall be permanently stabilized. C. Sediment Boxes: All inlet grates shall be covered with sediment boxes during grading operations and shall remain so covered until all open areas are permanently stabilized against erosion. EROSION CONTROL Rip Rap 1. Rip rap shall be placed as shown on the Drawings and as directed by the Engineer. Rip rap shall be placed at all points where natural vegetation is disturbed on the banks of active streams. Compact backfill and place rip rap to prevent subsequent settlement and erosion. This requirement applies equally to construction alongside a stream as well as crossing a stream or drainage ditch. 2. When trenching across a stream or drainage ditch, place rip rap over the entire disturbed area upstream and downstream of the trench excavation. Place rip rap across creek bottom, across creek banks, and extend rip rap placement five feet beyond the top of each creek bank. 3. Preparation of Foundations: The ground surface upon which the rip rap is to be placed shall be brought to the correct lines and grades before placement is commenced. Where filling of depressions is required, the new material shall be compacted with hand or mechanical tampers. Unless at creek banks or otherwise shown or specified, rip rap shall begin in a toe ditch constructed in original ground around the toe of the fill or the cut slope. The toe ditch shall be two feet deep in original ground, and the side next to the fill or cut shall have that same slope. After the rip rap is placed, the toe ditch shall be backfilled and the excess dirt spread neatly on the site. 4. Placement of Plastic Filter Fabric: a. Plastic filter fabric shall be placed under all rip rap unless shown or specified otherwise. b. Filter fabric shall not be placed under rip rap on stream or drainage ditch crossings. c. The surface to receive filter fabric shall be prepared to a smooth condition free from obstructions, depressions, and debris. The filter fabric shall be installed with SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL 02910 -5 the long dimension running up the slope and shall be placed to provide a minimum number of overlaps. The fabric shall be placed to provide a minimum width of one foot of overlap at each joint. The fabric shall be placed so that the upstream strip overlaps the downstream strip. The fabric shall be anchored in place with securing pins of the type recommended by the fabric manufacturer. Pins shall be placed on or within 3- inches of the centerline of the overlap. The fabric shall be placed loosely to avoid stretching and tearing during placement of the stone. The fabric shall be protected at all times during construction from clogging due to clay, silts, chemicals, or other contaminants. Contaminated fabric or fabric damaged during installation or during placement of rip rap shall be removed and replaced with uncontaminated and undamaged fabric at no additional cost to the Owner. 5. Placement of Rip Rap: Rip rap shall be placed on a 6 -inch layer of soil, crushed stone or sand overlaying the filter fabric. Rip rap shall be placed with its top elevation conforming with the finished grade or the natural existing slope of the stream bank and stream bottom. The stone shall be dropped from no more than a three foot height during construction. Stone rip rap shall be placed to provide a uniform surface to the thickness shown on the Drawings. The thickness tolerance for the course shall be —3 inches and +6 inches. Grassing: 1. Temporary Stabilization: Temporary stabilization shall be provided as shown on the Drawings and conforming to these Specifications to control erosion on the site. Temporary stabilization shall be provided to any area that will not receive permanent stabilization within the next 14 calendar days. Partial payment requests may be withheld for those portions of the Project not complying with this requirement. 2. Permanent Stabilization: a. Permanent stabilization shall be provided as shown on the Drawings and conforming to these Specifications to control erosion on the site. Permanent stabilization shall be provided to all areas of land disturbance within seven calendar days of the completion of land disturbance for any area greater than 0.25 acre. b. Where permanent stabilization cannot be immediately established because of an inappropriate season, the. Contractor shall provide temporary stabilization. The Contractor shall return to the site at the appropriate season to provide permanent stabilization in areas that received only temporary stabilization. 3. Grassing shall meet the requirements of Section 700 of the Georgia Department of Transportation Standard Specifications, latest edition, unless specified otherwise. 4. Seed rate, fertilization and other requirements shall be provided as shown on the Drawings. 3.4 CLEAN -UP A. Dispose of all excess erosion and sedimentation control materials in a manner satisfactory to the Owner and Engineer. SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL 02910 -6 B. Final clean -up shall be performed in accordance with the requirements of these Specifications and to the satisfaction of the Owner and Engineer. END OF SECTION SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL 02910 -7 SECTION 02920 - GRASSING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Seeding. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Finish Grade: Elevation of finished surface of planting soil. 1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Seed: Deliver seed in original sealed, labeled, and undamaged containers. 1.4 SCHEDULING A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with planting only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit. 1.5 LAWN MAINTENANCE A. Begin maintenance immediately after each area is planted and continue until acceptable grassing is established, but for not less than the following periods: 1. Seeded Grassed Areas: 60 days from date of Substantial Completion. a. When full maintenance period has not elapsed before end of planting season, or if grassing is not fully established, continue maintenance during next planting season. B. Maintain and establish grassing by watering, fertilizing, weeding, mowing, trimming, replanting, and other operations. Roll, regrade, and replant bare or eroded areas and remulch to produce a uniformly smooth lawn. 1. In areas where mulch has been disturbed by wind or maintenance operations, add new mulch. Anchor as required to prevent displacement. GRASSING 02920 - 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SEED A. Grass Seed: Fresh, clean, dry, new -crop seed complying with AOSA's "Journal of Seed Technology; Rules for Testing Seeds" for purity and germination tolerances. B. Seed Species: State - certified seed of grass species, as indicated on drawings. 2.2 TOPSOIL A. Topsoil Source: Reuse surface soil stockpiled on -site. Clean surface soil of roots, plants, sod, stones, clay lumps, and other extraneous materials harmful to plant growth. 2.3 FERTILIZER A. Commercial Fertilizer: Commercial -grade complete fertilizer of neutral character, consisting of fast- and slow - release nitrogen, 50 percent derived from natural organic sources of urea formaldehyde, phosphorous, and potassium in the following composition: 1. Composition: 1 lb /1000 sq. ft. of actual nitrogen, 4 percent phosphorous, and 2 percent potassium, by weight. 2.4 MULCHES A. Straw Mulch: Provide air -dry, clean, mildew- and seed -free, salt hay or threshed straw of wheat, rye, oats, or barley. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas to receive lawns and grass for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Provide erosion - control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of soils and discharge of soil - bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties. GRASSING 02920 - 2 3.3 GRASSED AREA PREPARATION A. Limit grassed area lawn subgrade preparation to areas to be planted. B. Newly Graded Subgrades: Loosen subgrade to a minimum depth of 4 inches. Remove stones larger than 3 inches] in any dimension and sticks, roots, rubbish, and other extraneous matter and legally dispose of them off Owner's property. 1. Apply fertilizer directly to subgrade before loosening. 2. Thoroughly blend planting soil mix off -site before spreading or spread topsoil, apply soil amendments and fertilizer on surface, and thoroughly blend planting soil mix. C. Finish Grading: Grade planting areas to a smooth, uniform surface plane with loose, uniformly fine texture. Grade to within plus or minus 1 inch of finish elevation. Roll and rake, remove ridges, and fill depressions to meet finish grades. Limit fine grading to areas that can be planted in the immediate future. D. Moisten prepared grassed areas before planting if soil is dry. Water thoroughly and allow surface to dry before planting. Do not create muddy soil. E. Restore areas if eroded or otherwise disturbed after finish grading and before planting. 3.4 SEEDING A. Sow seed with spreader or seeding machine. Do not broadcast or drop seed when wind velocity exceeds 5 mph. Evenly distribute seed by sowing equal quantities in two directions at right angles to each other. 1. Do not use wet seed or seed that is moldy or otherwise damaged. B. Rake seed lightly into top 1/8 inch of topsoil, roll lightly, and water with fine spray. C. Protect seeded areas by spreading straw mulch. Spread uniformly at a minimum rate of 2 tons /acre to form a continuous blanket 1 -1/2 inches in loose depth over seeded areas. Spread by hand, blower, or other suitable equipment. 1. Anchor straw mulch by crimping into topsoil with suitable mechanical equipment. 3.5 HYDROSEEDING (OPTION) A. Hydroseeding: Mix specified seed, fertilizer, and fiber mulch in water, using equipment specifically designed for hydroseed application. Continue mixing until uniformly blended into homogeneous slurry suitable for hydraulic application. 1. Mix slurry with nonasphaltic tackifier. 2. Apply slurry uniformly to all areas to be seeded in a one -step process. Apply mulch at a minimum rate of 1500 -1b /acre dry weight but not less than the rate required to obtain specified seed - sowing rate. GRASSING 02920 - 3 3.6 SATISFACTORY GRASSING A. Satisfactory Seeded Grassing: At end of maintenance period, a healthy, uniform, close stand of grass has been established, free of weeds and surface irregularities, with coverage exceeding 80 percent over any 10 sq. ft. (0.92 sq. m) and bare spots not exceeding 5 by 5 inches. B. Reestablish grassing that does not comply with requirements and continue maintenance until grassing is satisfactory. 3.7 CLEANUP AND PROTECTION A. Remove erosion - control measures after grass establishment period. END OF SECTION 02920 GRASSING 02920 - 4